[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2022001964A1 - Communication method, terminal device, and radio access network device - Google Patents

Communication method, terminal device, and radio access network device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022001964A1
WO2022001964A1 PCT/CN2021/102778 CN2021102778W WO2022001964A1 WO 2022001964 A1 WO2022001964 A1 WO 2022001964A1 CN 2021102778 W CN2021102778 W CN 2021102778W WO 2022001964 A1 WO2022001964 A1 WO 2022001964A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
snpn
message
terminal device
access
roaming group
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2021/102778
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
杨晨晨
朱浩仁
晋英豪
谭巍
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Publication of WO2022001964A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022001964A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W12/00Security arrangements; Authentication; Protecting privacy or anonymity
    • H04W12/08Access security
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W12/00Security arrangements; Authentication; Protecting privacy or anonymity
    • H04W12/06Authentication
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/08Access restriction or access information delivery, e.g. discovery data delivery
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/20Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/27Transitions between radio resource control [RRC] states
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00Network data management
    • H04W8/02Processing of mobility data, e.g. registration information at HLR [Home Location Register] or VLR [Visitor Location Register]; Transfer of mobility data, e.g. between HLR, VLR or external networks
    • H04W8/08Mobility data transfer
    • H04W8/12Mobility data transfer between location registers or mobility servers

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication, and more particularly, to a communication method, terminal device and wireless access network device.
  • Non-public networks is a network introduced in the 3rd Generation Partnership Project Release 16 (3rd Generation Partnership Project Release 16, 3GPP R16) standard. Different from traditional cellular networks, NPN networks only allow Access by certain users with specific privileges. 3GPP defines two NPN deployment modes: Stand-alone non-public networks (SNPN) and non-stand-alone NPN.
  • SNPN Stand-alone non-public networks
  • NPN non-stand-alone NPN
  • the way for UE to access SNPN network is introduced: there is a visited network (visited network), the visited network can be SNPN (Visited-SNPN, V-SNPN), there is another home network (home network), the home network belongs to the service Provider (Service Provider, SP) deployment, there are at least Unified Data Management (Unified Data Management, UDM) and Authentication Server Function (Authentication Server Function, AUSF) network elements in the home network.
  • UDM Unified Data Management
  • AUSF Authentication Server Function
  • the terminal device When the terminal device (User Equipment, UE) accesses the V-SNPN, it accesses the Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF) of the V-SNPN, and the AMF then connects to the UDM and AUSF of the SP to authenticate the UE , to verify whether the UE has access rights.
  • AMF Access and Mobility Management Function
  • access network (RAN) devices are shared by multiple networks.
  • RAN access network
  • RAN access network
  • the present application provides a communication method, a terminal device and a wireless access network device.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device initially accesses a V-SNPN, it needs to add information to an access message to inform the wireless access network device of the terminal.
  • the device accesses the V-SNPN through home network authentication, and the wireless access network device further selects the AMF based on the added information, and then authenticates the terminal device.
  • a first aspect provides a communication method, the method is applied to a terminal device, the terminal device accesses and visits an independent non-public network V-SNPN, the method includes: sending an access message to a wireless access network device, The access message includes first information, and the first information is used to inform the wireless access network device that the terminal device is authenticated by the home network to access the V-SNPN; receiving the wireless access network The first message sent by the device, where the first message is used to indicate whether the authentication of the terminal device succeeds or fails.
  • the terminal device accesses and visits the independent non-public network V-SNPN, it sends an access message to the wireless access network device in the V-SNPN, where the access message includes first information, and the first The information is used to inform the wireless access network device that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN through home network authentication, so that the wireless access network device to which it belongs can select the AMF for authentication according to the first information, Then, the terminal device is authenticated.
  • the first information includes one or more of the following parameters: an independent non-public network identifier (Stand-alone non-public networks identifier, SNPN ID), an attribution Network identifier SP ID, roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, or first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the SNPN ID, the SP ID, or the Roaming Group ID; or, the first information includes SNPN ID and priority information of the network that the terminal device needs to authenticate.
  • the access message is a radio resource control RRC setup complete or RRC setup request message.
  • the first message is used to indicate that the terminal device is successfully authenticated, and the first message includes one or more of the following parameters: second indication information , the first home network identification SP ID, the first roaming group identification Roaming Group ID, a plurality of externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device and a plurality of externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device , wherein the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN.
  • the home network SP available to the V-SNPN.
  • the first message further includes context information of the terminal device.
  • the first message includes the context information of the terminal device, and when the terminal device receives the first message, the terminal device can make the terminal device correctly perform operations such as cell reselection and handover.
  • the first message is an RRC reconfiguration message or a downlink information forwarding message.
  • the first message is used to indicate that the authentication of the terminal device fails, and the first message includes third indication information, and the third indication information Used to indicate that the terminal device fails to access the external authentication of the V-SNPN; the terminal device deletes at least one or more of the following locally stored parameters according to the first message: SNPN ID, SP ID or Roaming Group ID .
  • the first message is an RRC release message.
  • the method further includes: sending an initial terminal equipment UE message or an uplink non-access stratum NAS transmission to the access and mobility management function V-AMF in the visited network message, the initial UE message or the uplink NAS transmission message includes one or more of the following parameters: fourth indication information, the first home network identifier SP ID, the first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, the external data supported by the terminal device Multiple authenticated SP IDs and multiple externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device, wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device successfully accesses the V-SNPN for external authentication , the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the available home network SP of the V-SNPN.
  • a communication method is provided, and the method is applied to a wireless access network device, where the wireless access network device is both a wireless access network device that visits an independent non-public network V-SNPN and a wireless access network device of a home network.
  • An access network device characterized in that it includes: receiving an access message sent by a terminal device, where the access message includes first information, and the first information is used to inform the wireless access network device that the terminal device has passed the
  • the home network authenticates the access to the V-SNPN; according to the first information, selects the access and mobility management function AMF, and the selected AMF is the V-AMF in the visiting independent non-public network or the H of the home network -AMF; receive a first message sent by H-AMF, where the first message is used to indicate success or failure of authentication to the terminal device; send a second message to the terminal device according to the first message, the The second message is used to inform the terminal device that the authentication succeeds or fails.
  • the first information includes one or more of the following parameters: independent non-public network identifier SNPN ID, home network identifier SP ID, roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID or first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the independent non-public network identity, the home network identity or the roaming group identity; or, the first information includes an independent non-public network identity and the priority information of the network that the terminal device needs to authenticate.
  • the selecting an access and mobility management function according to the first information includes: when the first information only includes the SNPN ID, selecting The access and mobility management function V-AMF in the non-public network V-SNPN independent of the visited network; or, when the first information includes at least one of the SNPN ID, the SP ID and the Roaming Group ID parameter, select the access and mobility management function H-AMF in the home network; or, when the first information includes at least one parameter in the SP ID and the Roaming Group ID, select the access and mobility management function in the home network.
  • Access and mobility management function H-AMF or, when the first information includes an independent non-public network identifier and the priority information of the network for which the terminal device needs to be authenticated, according to the V-AMF and H-AMF supported Priority information of the network, select access and mobility management functions.
  • the method further includes: receiving The third message sent by the V-AMF, where the third message is used to instruct the wireless access network device to reselect the H-AMF; and select the H-AMF according to the third message.
  • the first message is used to indicate that the terminal device is authenticated successfully, and the first message includes one or more of the following parameters: second indication information , the first home network identification SP ID, the first roaming group identification Roaming Group ID, a plurality of externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device and a plurality of externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device , wherein the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN.
  • the home network SP available to the V-SNPN.
  • the first message further includes context information of the terminal device.
  • the first message is an initial context establishment request or a downlink NAS transmission message.
  • the second message is used to inform the terminal device that the authentication is successful, and the second message includes at least one or more of the following parameters: second indication information , the first home network identification SP ID, the first roaming group identification Roaming Group ID, a plurality of externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device and a plurality of externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device , wherein the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN.
  • the home network SP available to the V-SNPN.
  • the second message further includes context information of the terminal device.
  • the second message is an RRC reconfiguration message or a downlink information forwarding message.
  • the first message is used to indicate that the authentication of the terminal device fails; the first message includes third indication information, and the third indication information It is used to indicate that the terminal equipment fails to access the external authentication of the V-SNPN; the wireless access network equipment releases the connection with the terminal equipment according to the first message.
  • the second message is used to inform the terminal device that authentication fails
  • the second message includes the third indication information
  • the third indication The information is used to indicate that the terminal device fails to access the external authentication of the V-SNPN.
  • the authentication failure message is an RRC release message.
  • the method further includes:
  • the initial UE message or uplink NAS transmission message includes one or more of the following parameters: fourth indication information, first home network identifier SP ID, first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device, and multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device Roaming Group ID, wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate the The external authentication of the terminal device accessing the V-SNPN is successful, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the available home network SP of the V-SNPN.
  • the initial UE message or the uplink NAS transmission message further includes context information of the terminal device.
  • the method before the receiving the access message sent by the terminal device, the method further includes: receiving the V-AMF and/or the H-AMF sending The NG setup request response message or the RAN configuration update response message, the NG setup request response message or the RAN configuration update response message includes:
  • the SNPN ID and the fifth indication information is used to indicate whether the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID supports access through external authentication; or, the SNPN ID and one or more of the following parameters:
  • the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID indicate that the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID can be accessed by performing external authentication through the network corresponding to the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID; or, At least one of the following parameters: SP ID, or Roaming Group ID, the SP ID, or the Roaming Group ID indicates the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by the V-AMF and/or H-AMF; or, all The priority information of any one or more parameters in the SNPN ID, the SP ID and the Roaming Group ID.
  • the method further includes: sending the sent NG setup request message or RAN configuration update message to the V-AMF and/or the H-AMF, where
  • the NG setup request message or the RAN configuration update message includes: an SNPN ID and fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate whether the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID supports access through external authentication; or, the SNPN ID and at least one of the following parameters: SP ID, or Roaming Group ID, the SP ID, or the Roaming Group ID indicates that the SNPN ID can be accessed by performing external authentication through the network corresponding to the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID.
  • SNPN; or, at least one of the following parameters: SP ID, or Roaming Group ID, the SP ID, or the Roaming Group ID indicates the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by the V-AMF and/or H-AMF .
  • a third aspect provides a communication method, the method is applied to an access and mobility management function AMF, where the AMF is a V-AMF that visits an independent non-public network V-SNPN, characterized in that it includes: determining all The terminal device needs to perform external authentication; send an initial context establishment request message or an error indication message to the wireless access network device, and the initial context establishment request message or the error indication message includes at least one or more of the following parameters: cause value , the externally authenticated home network identification SP IDs supported by the selected V-SNPN ID, or the externally authenticated roaming group identification Roaming Group IDs supported by the selected V-SNPN ID, wherein the cause value indicates that the terminal The V-SNPN that the device requests to access requires external authentication.
  • the externally authenticated SP IDs or Roaming Group IDs supported by the selected V-SNPN ID are used to indicate the redirected home access and mobility management functions supported by H-AMF. SP IDs or Roaming Group IDs.
  • the method before it is determined that the terminal device needs to perform external authentication, the method further includes: communicating with a home network or an operation management and maintenance system (Operation, Administration and Aaintenance , OAM) interaction to obtain the SP or Roaming Group supported by the H-AMF.
  • OAM operation management and maintenance system
  • the method further includes: receiving an initial UE message or an uplink NAS transmission message sent by a radio access network device, where the initial UE message or uplink NAS transmission message includes At least one or more of the following parameters: fourth indication information, first home network identifier SP ID, first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device, and the terminal device Supported multiple Roaming Group IDs that can be externally authenticated, wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN externally authenticated successfully, and the first SP ID and the first The Roaming Group ID is used to instruct the terminal device to access the available home network SP of the V-SNPN.
  • the initial UE message or the uplink NAS transmission message further includes context information of the terminal device.
  • a fourth aspect provides a communication method, the method is applied to an access and mobility management function AMF, the AMF is an access and mobility management function H-AMF of a home network, and is characterized in that: Perform authentication; send a first message to the wireless access network device, where the first message is used to indicate whether the authentication of the terminal device succeeds or fails.
  • the first message includes at least one or more of the following parameters: second indication information, first home network identifier SP ID, first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device, and multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device Roaming Group ID, wherein the second indication information is used to indicate the terminal
  • the external authentication of the device accessing the V-SNPN is successful, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the available home network SP of the V-SNPN.
  • the first message further includes context information of the terminal device.
  • the authentication success message is an initial context establishment request or a downlink NAS transmission message.
  • the first message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device fails to access the external authentication of the V-SNPN .
  • a terminal device accesses an independent non-public network V-SNPN
  • the terminal device includes: a sending unit, configured to send an access message to a wireless access network device, the The access message includes first information, and the first information is used to inform the wireless access network device that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN through home network authentication; a receiving unit is configured to receive the wireless access network.
  • the first message sent by the access network device where the first message is used to indicate whether the authentication of the terminal device succeeds or fails.
  • the first information includes one or more of the following parameters: independent non-public network identifier SNPN ID, home network identifier SP ID, roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID Or the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the SNPN ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID; or, the first information includes an independent non-public network identifier and the terminal device Priority information of the network that needs to be authenticated.
  • the access message is a radio resource control RRC setup complete or RRC setup request message.
  • the first message is used to indicate that the terminal device is authenticated successfully, and the first message includes one or more of the following parameters: second indication information , the first home network identification SP ID, the first roaming group identification Roaming Group ID, a plurality of externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device and a plurality of externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device , wherein the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal equipment accesses the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to indicate that the terminal equipment is available for access the home network SP.
  • the first message further includes context information of the terminal device.
  • the first message is an RRC reconfiguration message or a downlink information forwarding message.
  • the first message is used to indicate that the authentication of the terminal device fails, and the first message includes third indication information, and the third indication information Used to indicate that the terminal device fails to access the external authentication of the V-SNPN;
  • the terminal device further includes a processing unit, configured to delete one or more of the following parameters stored locally according to the first message: Public network identifier SNPN ID, home network identifier SP ID, or Roaming Group ID.
  • the first message is an RRC release message.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send an initial UE message or an uplink NAS transmission message to the access and mobility management function V-AMF in the visited network
  • the initial The UE message or the uplink NAS transmission message includes one or more of the following parameters: fourth indication information, the first home network identifier SP ID, the first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, a plurality of externally authenticated identifiers supported by the terminal device SP ID and multiple Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device that can be externally authenticated, wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device successfully accesses the V-SNPN for external authentication, and the first The SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the available home network SP of the V-SNPN.
  • a wireless access network device is provided, the wireless access network device is both a wireless access network device visiting an independent non-public network V-SNPN and a wireless access network device of a home network, including: receiving a unit, configured to receive an access message sent by a terminal device, where the access message includes first information, and the first information is used to inform the wireless access network device that the terminal device accesses the wireless access network through home network authentication.
  • the processing unit is configured to select the access and mobility management function AMF according to the first information, and the selected AMF is the V-AMF in the visited independent non-public network or the H-AMF of the home network ;
  • the receiving unit is also used to receive the first message sent by the H-AMF, and the first message is used to indicate that the authentication of the terminal equipment succeeds or fails;
  • the sending unit is used to, according to the first message, to The terminal device sends a second message, where the second message is used to inform the terminal device that authentication succeeds or fails.
  • the first information includes one or more of the following parameters: independent non-public network identifier SNPN ID, home network identifier SP ID, roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID Or the first indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate the SNPN ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID; or, the first information includes the SNPN ID and the terminal device needs to be authenticated network priority information.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: when the first information only includes the SNPN ID, select a non-public network V-SNPN independent of the visited network The access and mobility management function V-AMF; or, when the first information includes the SNPN ID and the SP ID and at least one parameter in the Roaming Group ID, select the access and mobility in the home network and mobility management function H-AMF; or, when the first information includes at least one parameter in the SP ID and the Roaming Group ID, select the access and mobility management function H-AMF in the home network; or, When the first information includes the independent non-public network identifier and the priority information of the network to be authenticated by the terminal device, according to the priority information of the network supported by the V-AMF and the H-AMF, select access and Mobile management functions.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to: Receive a third message sent by the V-AMF, where the third message is used to instruct the wireless access network device to reselect the H-AMF; the processing unit is further configured to select the H-AMF according to the third message The H-AMF.
  • the first message is used to indicate that the terminal device is authenticated successfully, and the first message includes one or more of the following parameters: second indication information , the first home network identification SP ID, the first roaming group identification Roaming Group ID, a plurality of externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device and a plurality of externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device , wherein the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN.
  • the home network SP available to the V-SNPN.
  • the first message further includes context information of the terminal device.
  • the first message is an initial context establishment request or a downlink NAS transmission message.
  • the second message is used to inform the terminal device that the authentication is successful, and the second message includes one or more of the following parameters: second indication information, the first home network identifier SP ID, the first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device and multiple externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device,
  • the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN external authentication successfully
  • the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN Home network SP available for the V-SNPN.
  • the second message further includes context information of the terminal device.
  • the second message is an RRC reconfiguration message or a downlink information forwarding message.
  • the first message is used to indicate that the authentication of the terminal device fails; the first message includes third indication information, and the third indication information It is used to indicate that the terminal device fails to access the external authentication of the V-SNPN; the processing unit is further configured to release the connection with the terminal device according to the first message.
  • the second message is used to inform the terminal device that authentication fails
  • the second message includes the third indication information
  • the third indication The information is used to indicate that the terminal device fails to access the external authentication of the V-SNPN.
  • the authentication failure message is an RRC release message.
  • the sending unit is further configured to: send an initial UE message or an uplink NAS transmission message to the V-AMF, where the initial UE message or uplink NAS transmission message includes the following One or more parameters: fourth indication information, first home network identification SP ID, first roaming group identification Roaming Group ID, multiple SP IDs supported by the terminal device that can be externally authenticated, and multiple SP IDs supported by the terminal device.
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN externally authenticated successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group The ID is used to instruct the terminal device to access the home network SP available for the V-SNPN.
  • the initial UE message or the uplink NAS transmission message further includes context information of the terminal device.
  • the receiving unit before the receiving the access message sent by the terminal device, is further configured to: receive the V-AMF and/or the H-AMF
  • the NG setup request response message or the RAN configuration update response message sent by the AMF, the NG setup request response message or the RAN configuration update response message includes:
  • the SNPN ID and fifth indication information where the fifth indication information is used to indicate whether the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID supports access through external authentication; or, the SNPN ID and one or more of the following parameters:
  • the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID indicate that the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID can be accessed by performing external authentication through the network corresponding to the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID; or, the following One or more parameters: SP ID, or Roaming Group ID, the SP ID, or the Roaming Group ID indicates the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by the V-AMF and/or H-AMF; or, all The priority information of any one or more parameters in the SNPN ID, the SP ID and the Roaming Group ID.
  • the sending unit is further configured to: send an NG setup request message or a RAN configuration update message to the V-AMF and/or the H-AMF,
  • the NG setup request message or the RAN configuration update message includes: an SNPN ID and fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate whether the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID supports access through external authentication; or, SNPN ID and one or more of the following parameters: SP ID or Roaming Group ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID indicates that the network identified by the SP ID or Roaming Group ID can be accessed through external authentication through the network corresponding to the SP ID or Roaming Group ID.
  • SNPN or, one or more of the following parameters: SP ID or Roaming Group ID, which indicates the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by the V-AMF and/or H-AMF .
  • a seventh aspect provides an access and mobility management function AMF, the AMF is a V-AMF that visits an independent non-public network V-SNPN, comprising: a processing unit for determining that the terminal device needs to perform external authentication a sending unit, configured to send an initial context establishment request message or an error indication message to the wireless access network device, where the initial context establishment request message or the error indication message includes one or more of the following parameters: cause value, selected The externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the V-SNPN ID, or the externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the selected V-SNPN ID, wherein the cause value indicates that the V-SNPN requested by the terminal device requires access External authentication, the externally authenticated SP IDs or Roaming Group IDs supported by the selected V-SNPN ID are used to indicate the SP IDs or Roaming Group IDs supported by the redirected H-AMF.
  • cause value selected The externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the V-SNPN ID, or the externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the
  • the method before determining that the terminal device needs to perform external authentication, the method further includes: interacting with a home network or an operation management and maintenance system OAM to obtain the SP or Roaming Group supported by H-AMF.
  • the AMF further includes a receiving unit configured to receive an initial UE message or an uplink NAS transmission message sent by a radio access network device, the initial UE message or uplink NAS transmission message.
  • the NAS transmission message includes one or more of the following parameters: fourth indication information, the first home network identifier SP ID, the first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device, and all Multiple Roaming Group IDs that can be authenticated externally supported by the terminal device, wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN externally authenticated successfully, and the first SP ID and/or Or the first Roaming Group ID is used to instruct the terminal device to access the available home network SP of the V-SNPN.
  • the initial UE message or the uplink NAS transmission message further includes context information of the terminal device.
  • an access and mobility management function AMF is provided, the AMF is an H-AMF in a home network, and includes: a processing unit for authenticating terminal equipment; a sending unit for sending wireless access The network access device sends a first message, where the first message is used to indicate whether the authentication of the terminal device succeeds or fails.
  • the first message includes one or more of the following parameters: second indication information, first home network identifier SP ID, first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID , multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device and multiple externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device, wherein the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses The external authentication of the V-SNPN is successful, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the available home network SP of the V-SNPN.
  • the first message further includes context information of the terminal device.
  • the authentication success message is an initial context establishment request or a downlink NAS transmission message.
  • the first message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device fails to access the V-SNPN external authentication .
  • a communication device comprising a processor, the processor is connected to a memory, the memory is used for storing a computer program, and the processor is used for executing the computer program stored in the memory, so that all
  • the apparatus performs the above-mentioned first aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect, or the second aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect, or the third aspect or any possible implementation manner of the third aspect A method in an implementation manner of the fourth aspect, or a method in the fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • a tenth aspect provides a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed, the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect is implemented or the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect, or the third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect, or the fourth or any possible implementation of the fourth aspect methods in possible implementations.
  • a chip in an eleventh aspect, characterized in that it includes a processor and an interface; the processor is configured to read an instruction to execute the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect, or The second aspect or the method in any possible implementation of the second aspect, or the third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect, or the fourth aspect or any possible implementation of the fourth aspect Methods.
  • the chip may further include a memory in which instructions are stored, and the processor is configured to execute the instructions stored in the memory or other instructions.
  • a twelfth aspect provides a communication system, the system includes a device having functions for implementing the methods and various possible designs of the above-mentioned first aspect, and a device having functions for implementing the various methods and various possible designs of the above-mentioned second aspect
  • a functional apparatus an apparatus having functions for implementing the methods and various possible designs of the above-mentioned third aspect, and an apparatus having functions for implementing various methods and various possible designs of the above-mentioned fourth aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless access network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • GSM global system for mobile communications
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • general packet radio service general packet radio service
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • long term evolution long term evolution
  • LTE long term evolution
  • LTE frequency division duplex frequency division duplex
  • TDD time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • 5G 5th generation
  • NR new radio
  • it can also be applied to use subsequent evolution systems, such as the sixth-generation 6G communication system, or even the more advanced seventh-generation 7G communication system.
  • the terminal equipment in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as: user equipment (user equipment, UE), mobile station (mobile station, MS), mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, Mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user equipment, etc.
  • user equipment user equipment
  • MS mobile station
  • MT mobile terminal
  • access terminal subscriber unit, subscriber station, Mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user equipment, etc.
  • the terminal device can be a wireless terminal or a wired terminal, and the wireless terminal can be a device that provides voice and/or other service data connectivity to the user, a handheld device with wireless connection function, or other processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • a wireless terminal may communicate with one or more core networks via a Radio Access Network (RAN), and the wireless terminal may be a mobile terminal such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) and a computer with a mobile terminal
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • Mobile devices which may be portable, pocket-sized, hand-held, computer-embedded, or vehicle-mounted, for example, exchange language and/or data with the wireless access network.
  • a wireless terminal may also be referred to as a system, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a connection Access Terminal, User Terminal, User Agent, User Device or User Equipment, mobile internet device (MID), wearable device, virtual reality (virtual reality) reality, VR) equipment, augmented reality (AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery , wireless terminal in smart grid, wireless terminal in transportation safety, wireless terminal in smart city, wireless terminal in smart home, in-vehicle equipment, wearable equipment, terminal equipment in a 5G network, or terminal equipment in a future evolved public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN), etc., which are not limited in
  • a wearable device may also be referred to as a wearable smart device, which is a general term for intelligently designing daily wearable devices and developing wearable devices using wearable technology, such as glasses, Gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • the terminal device may also be a terminal device in an Internet of Things (IoT) system.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • IoT is an important part of the future development of information technology, and its main technical feature is that items pass through communication technology Connect with the network, so as to realize the intelligent network of human-machine interconnection and interconnection of things.
  • the various terminal devices described above if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed in the vehicle or installed in the vehicle), can be considered as on-board terminal equipment.
  • the on-board terminal equipment is also called on-board unit (OBU). ).
  • the terminal device may further include a relay (relay).
  • a relay relay
  • any device capable of data communication with the base station can be regarded as a terminal device.
  • the wireless access network device in this embodiment of the present application may be a device used for communicating with terminal devices, may be a base station, an access point, or a network device, or may refer to an access network that communicates with a terminal device through an air interface or a network device.
  • the network equipment may be used to interconvert received air frames and IP packets, acting as a router between the wireless terminal and the rest of the access network, which may include an Internet Protocol (IP) network.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the network devices may also coordinate attribute management for the air interface.
  • the radio access network equipment may be a base station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) or Code Division Multiple Access (Code Division Multiple Access, CDMA), or a wideband code A base station (NodeB, NB) in Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), an evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNB or eNodeB) in an LTE system, or a cloud wireless access network (cloud).
  • the access device can be a relay station, an access point, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, an access device in a 5G network, or a network device in a future evolved PLMN network etc., it may be an access point (access point, AP) in a WLAN, or it may be a gNB in a new radio system (new radio, NR) system.
  • TRPs Transmission Reception Points
  • the network device may also be divided into a control unit (Control Unit, CU) and a data unit (Data Unit, DU).
  • CU Control Unit
  • DU Data Unit
  • each DU and the terminal are The measurement reporting method described in the embodiments of the present application may be used.
  • the difference between the CU-DU separation scenario and the multi-TRP scenario is that the TRP is just a radio unit or an antenna device, while the protocol stack function can be implemented in the DU, for example, the physical layer function can be implemented in the DU.
  • the radio access network device is a device in an access network (radio access network, RAN), or in other words, a RAN node that accesses a terminal device to a wireless network.
  • a radio access network device there can be listed: gNB, transmission reception point (TRP), evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network) controller, RNC), Node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), base band unit (base band unit, BBU), or wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, Wifi) access point (access point, AP), etc.
  • the radio access network device provides services for the cell, and the terminal device communicates with the radio access network device through the transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell, and the cell may be a radio access network device
  • a cell corresponding to a cell such as a base station
  • the cell may belong to a macro base station, or it may belong to a base station corresponding to a small cell.
  • the small cell here may include: urban cell (metro cell), micro cell (micro cell), pico cell (pico cell), femto cell (femto cell), etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario 100 of an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 100 mainly includes a terminal device (User Equipment, UE) 101, an access network (Access Network, AN) device 102, an access and mobility management function (Access and Mobility Management Function, AMF) entity 103, session management function (Session Management Function, SMF) entity 104, user plane function (User Plane Function, UPF) entity 105, policy control function (Policy Control function, vPCF) entity 106 of the visited network, unified data management (Unified Data Management, UDM) entity 107, data network (Data Network, DN) 108, application function (Application Function, AF) entity 109, authentication server function (Authentication Server Function, AUSF) entity 110, network slice selection function (Network Slice) Selection Function, NSSF) entity 111, and a policy control function (Policy Control function, hPCF) entity 112 of the home network.
  • a terminal device User Equipment, UE
  • AMF Access and Mobility Management Function
  • AMF Access and Mobility Management Function
  • SMF Ses
  • the UDM entity 107 is the subscription database in the core network, stores the subscription data of the user in the 5G network, and is responsible for the user's authentication and authentication related functions, specifically: authentication credential processing, user identity processing, subscription Information management, access authorization, etc.
  • the AMF entity 103 provides mobility management functions in the core network and is mainly responsible for access and mobility control, including registration management (RM) and connection management (CM), access authentication and access authorization, Reachability management and mobility management, etc.
  • the SMF entity 104 is a session management function in the core network, and the AMF entity 103 is responsible for forwarding the relevant messages from the session management between the UE 101 and the SMF entity 104 in addition to the mobility management for the UE 101.
  • the PCF entity 106 is a policy management function in the core network, and is responsible for formulating policies related to mobility management, session management, and charging of the UE 101.
  • the UPF entity 105 is the user plane function in the core network. It performs data transmission with the external data network through the N6 interface, and performs data transmission with the AN device 102 through the N3 interface. It mainly provides user plane support, including PDU sessions and data network connection points, Packet routing and forwarding, packet inspection and user plane policy enforcement, handling of QoS for the user plane, downlink packet buffering and triggering of downlink data notifications, etc.
  • the UE 101 After the UE 101 accesses the 5G network through the Uu port, it records the protocol data unit (Protocol Data Unit, PDU) session data connection from the UE 101 to the UPF entity 105 under the control of the SMF entity 104, so as to perform data transmission.
  • the AMF entity 103 and the SMF entity 104 obtain user subscription data from the UDM entity 107 through the N8 and N10 interfaces, respectively, and obtain policy data from the PCF entity 106 through the N15 and N7 interfaces.
  • AUSF110 is mainly responsible for providing security-related functions, such as: authentication, authentication, etc.
  • the UE 101 performs an access stratum connection with the AN device 102 through the Uu interface to exchange access stratum messages and wireless data transmission, and the UE 101 communicates with the AMF entity 103 through the N1 interface for non-access stratum (Non-Access stratum (Non-Access stratum)).
  • NAS Stratum, NAS connection to exchange NAS messages
  • AN device 102 is connected to AMF entity 103 through N2 interface, and AN device 102 is connected to UPF entity 105 through N3 interface
  • multiple UPF entities 105 are connected through N9 interface, UPF entity 105 is connected with DN 108 through N6 interface, and at the same time, UPF entity 105 is connected with SMF entity 104 through N4 interface
  • SMF entity 104 is connected with PCF entity 106 through N7 interface
  • SMF entity 104 is connected with UDM entity 107 through N10 interface
  • SMF entity 104 The UPF entity 105 is controlled through the N4 interface, and at the same time, the SMF entity 104 is connected to the AMF entity 103 through the N11 interface
  • multiple AMF entities 103 are connected through the N14 interface, the AMF entity 103 is connected to the UDM entity 107 through the N8 interface, and the AMF entity 103 is connected through the N8 interface.
  • the N12 interface is connected to the AUSF entity 110, the AMF entity 103 is connected to the NSSF entity 111 through the N22 interface, and at the same time, the AMF entity 103 is connected to the PCF entity 106 through the N15 interface; the PCF entity 106 is connected to the AF entity 109 through the N5 interface;
  • the N13 interface is connected to the UDM entity 107;
  • the policy control function (Policy Control function, vPCF) entity 106 of the visited network is connected to the policy control function (Policy Control function, hPCF) entity 112 of the home network through the N24 interface, wherein the access network ( Access Network, AN) device 102, AMF entity 103, SMF entity 104, UPF entity 105, vPCF 106, DN108, AF entity 109, NSSF entity 111 are the network elements of the visited network accessed by the terminal device UE101, and the visited network is SNPN Network:
  • Non-public networks is a network introduced in the 3GPP R16 standard. Different from traditional cellular networks, NPN networks only allow certain users with specific permissions to access. 3GPP defines two NPN deployment modes: Stand-alone non-public networks (SNPN) and non-stand-alone NPN (non-stand-alone NPN). Non-stand-alone NPN networks are also It is called Public Network Integrated NPN (Public Network Integrated NPN, PNI-NPN).
  • SNPN Stand-alone non-public networks
  • non-stand-alone NPN non-stand-alone NPN
  • Non-stand-alone NPN networks are also It is called Public Network Integrated NPN (Public Network Integrated NPN, PNI-NPN).
  • a SNPN network is identified by a public land mobile network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN ID) and a network identifier (NID), where the PLMN ID is the operator approved by the government or it, which is the public A network identity established and operated for the purpose of providing land mobile communication services.
  • PLMN ID Public Land Mobile Network
  • NID network identifier
  • the PLMN mobile device country code Mobile Country Code, MCC part
  • MCC part Mobile Country Code, MCC part
  • a cell of a RAN node of an SNPN can broadcast the following parameters: one or more PLMN IDs and one or more NID lists corresponding to each PLMN ID; a user-readable network name (human-readable name) to support manual selection by the user. network; an indication that other UEs that do not support SNPN are prohibited from accessing.
  • the NPN and the PLMN share the core network and/or access network, and the NPN relies on the PLMN for deployment, and the PLMN ID can be used to identify the PNI-NPN network.
  • the NPN can be a specific slice in the PLMN, and the UE has the subscription data of the PLMN. According to the agreement between the mobile operator and the NPN service provider, the NPN can only be deployed in the range of certain tracking areas (Tracking Area, TA). When the UE moves out of this range, the network may indicate that the UE cannot continue to use the current slice resources in the new registration area.
  • Tracking Area Track Area
  • CAG Closed Access Group
  • PNI-NPN cell a CAG cell
  • CAG ID a CAG ID and is unique within a PLMN.
  • the PNI-NPN network can be deployed with the support of the public network.
  • the cell of the PNI-NPN not only broadcasts the cell identifier, but also broadcasts the closed access group identifier (CAG ID),
  • CAG ID is used to identify a group of users who are allowed to access one or more cells associated with the CAG, preventing terminal equipment that is not allowed to access the PNI-NPN through the cell associated with the CAG from automatically selecting and accessing the cell.
  • a PNI-NPN cell can broadcast one or more CAG identifiers; it can also broadcast the human-readable network name (HRNN) corresponding to the CAG identifier for the user to manually select.
  • HRNN human-readable network name
  • this application regards both the PLMN ID and the CAG ID as the network identification information of the PNI-NPN network.
  • SNPN has an independent core network.
  • the core network includes a complete set of core network elements such as AMF, UPF, SMF, DUM, and AUSF.
  • AMF Access Management Function
  • UPF User Plane Function
  • SMF Serving Mobility Management Function
  • DUM Downlink Management Function
  • AUSF Authentication Function
  • 3GPP R17 introduces the following methods for UE to access SNPN network: there is a visited network (visited network), the visited network can be SNPN (Visited-SNPN, V-SNPN), there is another home network (home network), the home network belongs to the service provider (Service Provider, SP) deployment, the service provider can be the PLMN public network or another SNPN, and there are at least UDM and AUSF network elements in the home network.
  • the UE accesses the V-SNPN, it accesses the AMF of the V-SNPN.
  • the AMF then connects to the UDM and AUSF of the SP to authenticate the UE and verify whether the UE has access rights.
  • the terminal device is a smart phone and a Unicom card is installed
  • the mobile network is the visited network
  • the Unicom network is the home network.
  • the mobile network can be accessed only after the authentication is passed; for another example, the terminal device is an in-vehicle computer, and the home network of the in-vehicle computer is the network 1 constructed by a third-party operator.
  • the third-party operator constructing network 1 is different from the third-party operator constructing network 2.
  • the on-board computer accesses network 2, it needs to be authenticated in network 1. After passing, you can access network 2.
  • the following describes how the UE accesses the radio access network equipment of the V-SNPN.
  • the V-SNPN wireless access network device can broadcast the roaming group ID (Roaming Group ID).
  • the roaming group contains several home SPs, that is, several home networks.
  • the V-SNPN can be accessed by the credentials of any one of the home SPs. Assuming that the UE is configured with one or more roaming groups by the home SP, and the home SP is a part of the roaming group, the UE can select a V-SNPN that supports the roaming group configured by the UE.
  • the advantage of defining a Roaming Group is that the V-SNPN does not need to broadcast the identities of all Home SPs belonging to the Roaming Group, but only needs to broadcast the Roaming Group ID.
  • V-SNPN RAN broadcast and UE configuration The following is the V-SNPN RAN broadcast and UE configuration:
  • the V-SNPN RAN system information broadcasts the SNPN ID of the V-SNPN it supports. If the RAN is shared by the SNPN network and the PLMN network public network, the RAN system information packs the SNPN ID and PLMN ID; the UE locally stores (for example, The UE is pre-configured when it leaves the factory, or an account is opened later) It authenticates the accessible V-SNPN through the Home SP, where the Home SP is identified by the SP ID, and the SP ID can be the PLMN ID, or the SNPN ID, etc., and the V-SNPN uses the SNPN ID Identification.
  • the SNPN ID used to identify the home network is different from the SNPN ID used to identify the visited network. For example, the SNPN ID used to identify the home network is SNPN ID1, and the SNPN ID used to identify the visited network is SNPN ID2.
  • the SNPN ID can be Composed of PLMN ID and NID.
  • the above-mentioned stored information of the UE may be included in the UE's local "equivalent home service provider Equivalent Home Service Provider" list or "Service Provider Controlled Network Service Provider Controlled Network” list.
  • the UE accesses the network, it first reads the SNPN ID broadcasted by the V-SNPN system information, and judges whether it has the right to access the V-SNPN according to the SNPN ID and SP ID stored locally by the UE, and if so, initiates an access to the V-SNPN.
  • the SP ID indicates that the SNPN ID stored locally by the UE needs to be authenticated and put into the home network.
  • the V-SNPN RAN system information broadcasts the SNPN ID it supports, and broadcasts at least one of the following home networks that can be accessed through the SNPN: Home SP ID, Roaming Group ID, or indication (Indication) information.
  • the UE locally stores at least one of the following: its accessible Home SP ID, or Roaming Group ID.
  • the UE accesses the network, it first reads the SNPN ID, Home SP ID, Roaming Group ID, or indication information broadcast by the V-SNPN system information, and judges whether it has the right to access the SP ID or Roaming Group ID stored locally by the UE.
  • the V-SNPN if authorized, initiates access to the V-SNPN, connects to the AMF of the V-SNPN, the UDM of the SP, and the AUSF of the SP for authentication and other processes.
  • NEF Network Exposure Function
  • FIG. 1 is only an exemplary architecture diagram, in addition to the functional units shown in FIG. 1 , the network architecture may further include other functional units or functional network elements, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the above-mentioned functional units of the core network can work independently, or can be combined together to implement some control functions, such as: AMF, SMF and PCF can be combined together as a management device for completing the access authentication of the terminal device. , security encryption, location registration and other access control and mobility management functions, as well as session management functions such as recording, releasing, and changing user plane transmission paths, as well as analyzing some slice-related data (such as congestion), terminal device-related data
  • UPF mainly completes functions such as routing and forwarding of user plane data, such as: responsible for data packet filtering, data transmission/forwarding, rate control, and generation of billing information for terminal devices.
  • the radio access network device in FIG. 1 is, for example, a base station.
  • the radio access network device corresponds to different devices in different systems, for example, in a 4G system, it may correspond to an eNB, and in a 5G system, it corresponds to a radio access network device in 5G, such as a gNB.
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to future mobile communication systems, so the radio access network device in FIG. 1 can also correspond to the radio access network device in the future mobile communication system.
  • FIG. 1 takes the radio access network device as a base station as an example. In fact, the radio access network device may refer to the foregoing introduction.
  • the communication system shown in FIG. 1 may further include more network nodes, such as other terminal devices or radio access network devices, and the radio access network devices or terminal devices included in the communication system shown in FIG. 1 may It is the wireless access network equipment or terminal equipment in various forms mentioned above.
  • the embodiments of the present application are not shown one by one in the drawings.
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario 200 of an embodiment of the present application.
  • the 5GC in FIG. 3 is the core network of the V-SNPN, and the network elements included in it are the same as those in FIG. 1 (that is, the network elements of the core network in FIG. 1 correspond to the 5GC in FIG. 3 ), and the 5GC and the wireless access network equipment 202 are V-SNPN, in Fig. 3, there is also a home network, the home network also includes a complete set of core network network elements, the network elements in the home network include radio access network equipment 202, access and mobility management functional entities 203.
  • Session management functional entity 204 user plane functional entity 205, policy control functional entity of visited network 206, unified data management entity 207, data network 208, application functional entity 209, authentication server functional entity 210, network slice selection functional entity 211.
  • the home network can be an SNPN or a PLMN.
  • FIG 3 shows the multi-operator core network (MOCN) architecture, that is, the RAN is shared by two networks, for example, the RAN is both the radio access network device of the visited network and the radio access network device of the home network. At this point, the RAN is connected to two AMFs.
  • MOCN multi-operator core network
  • the problem faced in the prior art is when a terminal device needs to access the SNPN network, how does the wireless access network device select the AMF to perform subsequent operations such as authentication, and how does the terminal device access the access network of the SNPN network? Inform the wireless access network device whether it needs to perform external authentication to access the SNPN network.
  • the present application provides a communication method.
  • this method when the UE initially accesses the V-SNPN, it needs to add information to the initial access related message to inform the V-SNPN of the network to be accessed, the V-SNPN The SNPN then selects the AMF based on the relevant information, and then authenticates the UE.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 300 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 300 may be applied in the scenario shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 3 . , of course, it can also be applied in other communication scenarios, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the method is described by taking a terminal device, a wireless access network device, and a core network network element device as an example for executing the method.
  • the execution subject of the execution method may also be a chip, a chip system, or a processor or the like applied to a terminal device, a wireless access network device, and a core network element device.
  • the method 300 shown in FIG. 4 may include S301 to S308. Each step in the method 300 will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 4 .
  • the RAN sends an NG setup request message (NG setup request) or a RAN configuration update (RAN configuration update) message to the V-AMF, and the V-AMF sends an NG setup request response message (NG setup response) or a RAN configuration update message to the RAN Response (RAN configuration update acknowledge) message.
  • NG setup request NG setup request
  • RAN configuration update RAN configuration update
  • the NG setup request message or the RAN configuration update message may carry the following information:
  • the first indication information is used to indicate whether the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID supports access through external authentication, and the SNPN ID is the SNPN network supported by the RAN; or
  • the ID or Roaming Group ID is the SP or Roaming Group supported by the RAN, and the SNPN ID identifies the SNPN network supported by the RAN; or
  • SP ID or Roaming Group ID to indicate the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by the radio access network device RAN of the AMF, where the SP ID or Roaming Group ID is supported by the RAN SP or Roaming Group.
  • the above information sent by the RAN to the H-AMF indicates that the RAN supports access to the network identified by the SNPN ID through the sent SP ID and Roaming Group ID; or indicates that the RAN supports the sent SP ID Authenticate with the Roaming Group ID.
  • the information carried above may indicate a TA, a cell, an AMF, or an SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by an SNPN configured under the wireless access network device of the AMF.
  • the RAN may send a broadcast message (eg, broadcast in a System Information Block (System Information Block 1, SIB1)) to indicate a TA, a cell, an AMF, or an SNPN configured under the radio access network device Supported SP ID or Roaming Group ID.
  • a broadcast message eg, broadcast in a System Information Block (System Information Block 1, SIB1)
  • SIB1 System Information Block 1
  • the information carried in the NG setup request message or the RAN configuration update message may also be carried in the setup and update messages of the Xn, F1, and E1 interfaces, for example, in the Xn setup request message Xn setup request, NG-RAN node configuration update message NG-RAN node configuration update, F1 setup request message F1 setup request, gNB-distributed unit (DU) configuration update message gNB-DU configuration update, gNB-central unit (central unit, CU) )-user plane (user plane, UP) E1 setup request message gNB-CU-UP E1 setup request, gNB-CU-control plane (control plane, CP) E1 setup request message gNB-CU-CP E1 setup request message, etc.
  • DU distributed unit
  • gNB-central unit central unit, CU
  • UP user plane
  • E1 setup request message gNB-CU-UP E1 setup request gNB-CU-UP E1 setup request
  • gNB-CU-control plane control plane,
  • the NG setup request response message or the RAN configuration update response message may carry the following information:
  • the first indication information is used to indicate whether the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID supports access through external authentication, and the SNPN ID is used to identify the access through external authentication supported by the V-AMF. an SNPN network to which the right is accessible; or
  • SNPN ID and one or more of the following parameters: SP ID or Roaming Group ID, to indicate that the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID can be accessed through authentication by the home network corresponding to the SP ID or Roaming Group ID, the SP ID or Roaming Group ID
  • the Group ID is the SP or Roaming Group supported by the V-AMF, and the SNPN ID identifies the SNPN network that the V-AMF can access through external authentication through the network identified by the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID; or
  • SP ID or Roaming Group ID to indicate the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by the RAN, where the SP ID or Roaming Group ID is the SP or Roaming Group supported by the RAN.
  • the above information sent by the V-AMF to the RAN indicates that the V-AMF tells the RAN which SP IDs and Roaming Group IDs it can use for external authentication to access the network identified by the SNPN ID; The V-AMF tells the RAN which SP IDs and Roaming Group IDs it can use for external authentication.
  • the information carried above may indicate the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by a TA, a cell, a RAN, or a SNPN configured under the V-AMF described in the RAN.
  • the information carried in the NG setup request response message or the RAN configuration update response message may also be carried in the setup and update messages of the Xn, F1, and E1 interfaces, for example, in the Xn setup request message Xn setup request , NG-RAN node configuration update message NG-RAN node configuration update, F1 setup request message F1 setup request, gNB-DU configuration update message gNB-DU configuration update, gNB-CU-UP E1 setup request message gNB-CU-UP E1 setup request, gNB-CU-CP E1 setup request message gNB-CU-CP E1 setup request message, etc.
  • S301 is also applicable to the scenario 100 .
  • the RAN sends an NG setup request message (NG setup request) or a RAN configuration update (RAN configuration update) message to the H-AMF, and the H-AMF sends an NG setup request response message (NG setup response) or a RAN configuration update message to the RAN Response (RAN configuration update acknowledge) message.
  • NG setup request NG setup request
  • RAN configuration update RAN configuration update
  • the NG setup request message or the RAN configuration update message sent by the RAN to the H-AMF is the same as the NG setup request message or the RAN configuration update message sent by the RAN to the V-AMF. You can refer to the NG setup request message sent by the RAN to the V-AMF. message or RAN configuration update message for understanding, and will not be repeated here.
  • the NG setup request response message or the RAN configuration update response message sent by the H-AMF to the RAN may carry the following information:
  • the SNPN ID and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID supports access through external authentication, and the SNPN ID is used to identify that the SNPN can be accessed through H-AMF authentication.
  • the above information sent by the H-AMF to the RAN indicates that the H-AMF tells the RAN which SP IDs and Roaming Group IDs it supports for partial authentication to access the network identified by the SNPN ID; or indicates that the The H-AMF tells the RAN which SP IDs and Roaming Group IDs it supports for authentication.
  • the information carried above may indicate the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by a TA, a cell, a RAN, or a SNPN configured under the H-AMF described in the RAN.
  • the information carried in the NG setup request response message or the RAN configuration update response message may also be carried in the setup and update messages of the Xn, F1, and E1 interfaces, for example, in the Xn setup request message Xn setup request , NG-RAN node configuration update message NG-RAN node configuration update, F1 setup request message F1 setup request, gNB-DU configuration update message gNB-DU configuration update, gNB-CU-UP E1 setup request message gNB-CU-UP E1 setup request, gNB-CU-CP E1 setup request message gNB-CU-CP E1 setup request message, etc.
  • the above information sent by the V-AMF to the RAN indicates that the V-AMF tells the RAN which SP IDs or Roaming Group IDs it can use for external authentication to access the network identified by the SNPN ID; The V-AMF tells the RAN which SP IDs or Roaming Group IDs it can use for external authentication.
  • the information carried above may indicate the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by a TA, a cell, a RAN, or a SNPN configured under the AMF described in the RAN.
  • the information carried in the NG setup request response message or the RAN configuration update response message may also be carried in the setup and update messages of the Xn, F1, and E1 interfaces, for example, in the Xn setup request message Xn setup request , NG-RAN node configuration update message NG-RAN node configuration update, F1 setup request message F1 setup request, gNB-DU configuration update message gNB-DU configuration update, gNB-CU-UP E1 setup request message gNB-CU-UP E1 setup request, gNB-CU-CP E1 setup request message gNB-CU-CP E1 setup request message, etc.
  • S302 is also applicable to the scenario 100 .
  • the RAN sends an NG setup request message or a RAN configuration to the AMF (the AMF may be the AMF (V-AMF) of the visited network or the AMF (H-AMF) of the home network)
  • the SNPN ID carried in the update message can be a plurality of different SNPN IDs, when carrying the plurality of different SNPN IDs, each SNPN ID in the plurality of different SNPN IDs corresponds to its associated SP ID or SNPN ID. Roaming Group ID.
  • the AMF (the AMF may be the AMF (V-AMF) of the visited network or the AMF (H-AMF) of the home network) sends the NG setup request message response or the RAN configuration update message response to the sending RAN and carries
  • the SNPN ID can be multiple different SNPN IDs, when carrying the multiple different SNPN IDs, each SNPN ID in the multiple different SNPN IDs corresponds to its associated SP ID or Roaming Group ID.
  • the AMF when the NG interface is established, the AMF cannot be differentiated into H-AMF or V-AMF, and the RAN sends an NG establishment request message or a RAN configuration update message to all AMFs that can establish an NG interface, and the AMF receives the After the NG setup request message or the RAN configuration update message is sent, the NG setup request message response or the RAN configuration update message response is sent to the RAN.
  • the RAN sends the SNPN ID, SP ID or Roaming Group ID included in the NG setup request message or the RAN configuration update message to the V-AMF or the H-AMF, and the NG setup request response message sent by the V-AMF to the RAN or
  • the SNPN ID, SP ID or Roaming Group ID may or may not be the same.
  • the RAN and the AMF exchange the SP ID and Roaming Group ID supported by each other through the establishment or update message of the NG interface, so that the network element can know the information supported by the peer network element, so as to execute the subsequent user Access, resource scheduling, handover and other processes.
  • the RAN and AMF can also implicitly exchange the externally authenticated SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by each other. If the SNPN ID or PLMN ID is only supported by one party (AMF or RAN) and the other party does not support it, it is considered to be an externally authenticated SNPN ID or PLMN ID supported by the other party, wherein the SNPN ID or PLMN ID is convenient for Defaults to an externally authenticated SP ID or Roaming Group ID.
  • the SNPN IDs supported by RAN are 1, 2, and the PLMN IDs supported are 3, 4; the SNPN IDs supported by AMF are 2, 5, and the PLMN IDs supported are 3, 6; then the SNPN ID can be considered as 1 on the AMF side and PLMN ID of 4 is the SP ID or Roaming Group ID that the RAN can perform external authentication.
  • the UE sends an access message to the RAN, where the access message includes first information, where the first information is used to inform the wireless access network device that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN through home network authentication.
  • the access message includes at least one or more of the following parameters: SP ID, Roaming Group ID, or second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the home network identifier or the roaming group identifier, such as The association relationship between the second indication information and the SP ID and the Roaming Group ID can be established.
  • the second indication information corresponding to the SP ID1 is 1, the second indication information corresponding to the SP ID2 is 2, and the second indication information corresponding to the Roaming Group ID1 is 2.
  • the second indication information is 3.
  • the access information includes an index (index) value of the SP ID.
  • the SP ID, the Roaming Group ID and the second indication information are used to inform the RAN that the UE chooses to access the externally authenticated SP.
  • the access message may also include the SNPN ID of the V-SNPN, and the SNPN ID is used to inform the RAN that the UE accesses the V-SNPN by performing external authentication through the SP.
  • the SNPN ID may also be reported in the form of indication information.
  • the second indication information can also be the cause value Cause value, for example, the cause value can be that the home network has the subscription information subscription owned by home network, and the third party network has the subscription information subscription owned by third party network.
  • the access message may be an RRC setup complete (RRC setup complete) message or an RRC setup request (RRC setup request) message, and the SP ID and Roaming Group ID in the message may be included in the RRC setup complete message.
  • the RegisteredAMF of the message is registered in the AMF information element IE.
  • S303 is also applicable to the scenario 100 .
  • the RAN selects an AMF based on the parameters reported by the UE in step S203 (the AMF may be the AMF (V-AMF) of the visited network, or the AMF (H-AMF) of the home network).
  • the AMF may be the AMF (V-AMF) of the visited network, or the AMF (H-AMF) of the home network).
  • the RAN selects the access and mobility management function V-AMF in the non-public network V-SNPN independent of the visited network. At this time, the authentication of the external network for the UE does not need to be performed.
  • the access and mobility management function H-AMF when the first information includes at least one parameter in the SNPN ID, the SP ID and the Roaming Group ID, select the access and mobility management function H-AMF in the home network.
  • the access and mobility management function H-AMF in the home network is selected.
  • the RAN sends an initial UE message Initial UE message to the H-AMF, and the initial UE message carries at least one or more of the following parameters: SP ID, Roaming Group ID, the second indication information, the logical cell that the UE accesses At least one of the SP ID list and the Roaming Group ID list supported by the SNPN selected by the UE to access, to inform the H-AMF that the UE selects to access the externally authenticated SP.
  • the initial UE message carries at least one or more of the following parameters: SP ID, Roaming Group ID, the second indication information, the logical cell that the UE accesses At least one of the SP ID list and the Roaming Group ID list supported by the SNPN selected by the UE to access, to inform the H-AMF that the UE selects to access the externally authenticated SP.
  • S304 is also applicable to the scenario 100 .
  • the H-AMF contacts the network elements such as the UDM and AUSF of the home network to authenticate the UE, and sends a first message to the RAN according to the authentication result, where the first message is used to indicate that the terminal equipment Authentication succeeded or failed.
  • the first message is used to indicate that the authentication of the terminal device is successful, and the first message includes at least one or more of the following parameters: third indication information, first home network identifier SP ID, the first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, multiple SP IDs supported by the terminal device that can be externally authenticated, and multiple Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device that can be externally authenticated, wherein the first roaming group ID
  • the three indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN available Home network SP.
  • first SP ID and/or the first Roaming Group ID may also be a list of SP IDs and/or a list of Roaming Group IDs, identifying the SP list available for this visit, wherein the indication information #2 may also be Cause value.
  • the H-AMF when it is authenticated, it can obtain at least one of the multiple SP IDs and multiple Roaming Group IDs supported by the UE and related to the V-SNPN of this visit that can be externally authenticated through the UDM of the home network.
  • the information can be included in the Mobility Restriction List for the RAN to switch the UE to another RAN later in the V-SNPN.
  • the first message may carry one or more parameters of the following UE context message: encryption information, UE identification information such as TMSI, and the like.
  • the core network side UE context message is forwarded to the RAN through the H-AMF, and the RAN forwards the core network side UE context message to the V-AMF, so that the information between the H-AMF and the V-AMF can be transferred through the RAN.
  • the first message is an initial context setup request or a Downlink NAS Transport message
  • the parameters and information included in the first message can be application protocol layer) information
  • Non-Access Stratum Non-Access Stratum
  • the first message is used to indicate that the authentication of the terminal device fails; the first message includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the terminal device Access to the V-SNPN external authentication fails; the wireless access network device releases the connection with the terminal device according to the first message.
  • the first message may be an error indication (error indication) message, and the error indication (error indication) message carries the fourth indication information to indicate that the external authentication of the terminal device fails.
  • error indication error indication
  • the fourth indication information may also be a cause value.
  • S305 is also applicable to the scenario 100 .
  • S306 The RAN sends a second message to the UE according to the first message, where the second message is used to inform the terminal device that the authentication succeeds or fails.
  • the second message is used to inform the terminal device that the authentication is successful, and the second message includes one or more of the following parameters: the third indication information, the first home network identifier SP ID, the first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, multiple SP IDs supported by the terminal device that can be externally authenticated, and multiple Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device that can be externally authenticated, wherein the first roaming group ID
  • the three indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN available Home network SP.
  • the SP ID and/or the Roaming Group ID indicate the available SPs for the UE to access this time, and may also be the SP ID list and/or the Roaming Group ID list, which identifies the available SP list for the current access.
  • the message carries multiple externally authenticated SP ID lists and/or multiple Roaming Group ID lists supported by the UE to update the externally authenticated list information stored by the UE for subsequent handover, cell reselection, or cell selection.
  • the foregoing information may be carried in the AS message of the foregoing message, or may be included in the NAS information of the foregoing message.
  • the second message may carry one or more parameters of the following UE context message: encryption information, UE identification information such as TMSI, and the like.
  • the second message may be an RRC reconfiguration (RRC Reconfiguration) message or a downlink information transfer (DL Information transfer) message.
  • RRC Reconfiguration RRC Reconfiguration
  • DL Information transfer DL Information transfer
  • the second message is used to inform the terminal device that the authentication fails, and the second message includes the fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the terminal The device fails to access the external authentication of the V-SNPN.
  • the second message is an RRC release (RRC release) message.
  • RRC release RRC release
  • the UE after receiving the second message, deletes the SP ID, Roaming Group ID, or SNPN ID that requests access this time but the authentication fails in the locally stored information, for example, updates the UE's local ID.
  • the RAN sends an initial UE message (Initial UE Message) or an uplink NAS transport (Uplink NAS Transport) message to the V-AMF, where the initial UE message or the uplink NAS transport message includes at least one or more of the following parameters : fifth indication information, first home network identification SP ID, first roaming group identification Roaming Group ID, multiple SP IDs supported by the terminal device that can be externally authenticated, externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device Multiple Roaming Group IDs, wherein the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to indicate that the The terminal device accesses the home network SP available to the V-SNPN.
  • fifth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN external authentication successfully
  • the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to indicate that the The terminal device accesses the home network SP available to the V-SNPN.
  • first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID indicate the available SPs for the UE to visit this time, and may also be the SP ID list and the Roaming Group ID list, identifying the available SPs and Roaming Groups for this visit.
  • the fifth indication information may also be a Cause value.
  • the initial UE message or the uplink NAS transmission message may carry all externally authenticated SP ID lists and/or Roaming Group ID lists related to the V-SNPN of this visit supported by the UE, and the information may be Included in the Mobility Restriction List (Mobility Restriction List) for the V-AMF to subsequently perform the handover procedure for the UE in this V-SNPN.
  • Mobility Restriction List Mobility Restriction List
  • the initial UE message or the uplink NAS transmission message may carry at least one of the following UE context messages received by the RAN in step S205: encryption information, UE identification information such as TMSI, and the like.
  • the RAN forwards the UE context message on the core network side to the V-AMF, so that the V-AMF performs NAS layer encryption and the like.
  • the above-mentioned information may be carried in the NGAP message of the above-mentioned message, may also be included in the NAS information of the above-mentioned message, or contained in the message that the H-AMF of the above-mentioned message transparently transmits to the V-AMF.
  • the UE sends a NAS message to the V-AMF, where the NAS message includes at least one or more of the following parameters: fifth indication information, the first home network identifier SP ID, the first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, the terminal device Supported multiple externally authenticated SP IDs and multiple externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device, wherein the fifth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN If the external authentication is successful, the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the available home network SP of the V-SNPN.
  • the NAS message includes at least one or more of the following parameters: fifth indication information, the first home network identifier SP ID, the first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, the terminal device Supported multiple externally authenticated SP IDs and multiple externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device, wherein the fifth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN If the external authentication
  • first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID indicate the available SPs for the UE to access this time, and may also be the SP ID list and the Roaming Group ID list, which identify the available SP list and Roaming Group for this access.
  • the fifth indication information may also be a Cause value.
  • the NAS message can carry all the externally authenticated SP ID lists and/or Roaming Group ID lists related to the V-SNPN of this visit supported by the UE, and this information can be included in the mobility restriction list. (Mobility Restriction List) for the V-AMF to perform the handover procedure for the UE in the V-SNPN subsequently.
  • Mobility Restriction List for the V-AMF to perform the handover procedure for the UE in the V-SNPN subsequently.
  • the NAS message may carry at least one item of the UE context message received by the RAN in step S205: encryption information, UE identification information such as TMSI, and the like.
  • the UE forwards the core network side UE context message to the V-AMF, so that the V-AMF performs NAS layer encryption and the like.
  • the selected access network and the home network that needs to be authenticated are reported, so that the RAN can accurately select the AMF.
  • step S307 and step S308 are parallel steps, and only S307 or S308 may be performed, or S307 and S308 may be performed simultaneously.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 400 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 400 may be applied in the scenario shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 3 . , of course, it can also be applied in other communication scenarios, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the method is described by taking a terminal device, a wireless access network device, and a core network network element device as an example for executing the method.
  • the execution subject of the execution method may also be a chip, a chip system, or a processor or the like applied to a terminal device, a wireless access network device, and a core network element device.
  • the method 400 shown in FIG. 5 may include S401 to S410. Each step in the method 400 will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 5 .
  • the V-AMF negotiates with the home network or OAM in advance, and negotiates the SNPN ID that the H-AMF can support and at least one of the following: SP ID, or Roaming Group ID, to indicate that the network corresponding to the SP ID or Roaming Group ID is used Authentication can access the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID.
  • the H-AMF sends an NG setup request response message (NG setup response) or a RAN configuration update response (RAN configuration update acknowledge) message to the RAN, and the message may carry the following information:
  • the SNPN ID and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID supports access through external authentication, and the SNPN ID is used to identify that the SNPN can be accessed through H-AMF authentication. Accessed SNPN network; or
  • SNPN ID and one or more of the following parameters: SP ID, or Roaming Group ID, to indicate that the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID can be accessed through the authentication of the network corresponding to the SP ID or Roaming Group ID, and the SP ID and Roaming Group ID
  • the ID is the SP or Roaming Group supported by the H-AMF
  • the SNPN ID is used to identify the SNPN network that can be accessed through the authentication of the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID supported by the H-AMF; or
  • SP ID SP ID
  • Roaming Group ID to indicate the SP ID and Roaming Group ID supported by the RAN
  • the SP ID or Roaming Group ID is the SP or Roaming Group supported by the RAN.
  • the information carried above may indicate the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by a TA, a cell, a RAN, or a SNPN configured under the AMF described in the RAN.
  • the information carried in the NG setup request response message or the RAN configuration update response message may also be carried in the setup and update messages of the Xn, F1, and E1 interfaces, for example, in the Xn setup request message Xn setup request , NG-RAN node configuration update message NG-RAN node configuration update, F1 setup request message F1 setup request, gNB-DU configuration update message gNB-DU configuration update, gNB-CU-UP E1 setup request message gNB-CU-UP E1 setup request, gNB-CU-CP E1 setup request message gNB-CU-CP E1 setup request message, etc.
  • the RAN may send an NG setup request message (NG setup request) or a RAN configuration update (RAN configuration update) message to the H-AMF, and the RAN may send an NG setup request message ( For the NG setup request) or RAN configuration update (RAN configuration update) message, reference may be made to step S302 in the method, which will not be repeated here.
  • NG setup request NG setup request
  • RAN configuration update RAN configuration update
  • the UE sends an access message to the RAN, where the access message carries the identification SNPN ID of the V-SNPN to inform the RAN that the UE chooses to access the V-SNPN.
  • the RAN selects a V-AMF based on the V-SNPN ID reported by the UE in step S403, and sends an Initial UE message to the V-AMF, and the message carries the V-SNPN ID.
  • the V-AMF is based on the V-SNPN ID and the information previously communicated with the home network or OAM at the V-AMF (for example, if the V-AMF fails to authenticate successfully in the V-UDM based on the V-SNPN ID, it can know that the UE External authentication is required), redirect the UE to the H-AMF, send an initial context setup request or an error indication message to the RAN, and the message carries at least one of the following: cause value, selected Externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the V-SNPN ID, or externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the selected V-SNPN ID.
  • the Cause value indicates that the V-SNPN that the UE requests to access requires external authentication, and the UE needs to be redirected to another AMF.
  • the externally authenticated SP IDs or Roaming Group IDs supported by the selected V-SNPN ID are used to indicate the SP IDs or Roaming Group IDs supported by the redirected AMF.
  • the RAN reselects the H-AMF based on steps S402 and S405. Specifically, in step S402, the RAN can learn which SP IDs or Roaming Group IDs supported by the H-AMF can be used for external authentication to access the networks identified by the SNPN IDs. In step S405, the RAN can learn that external authentication is required. The authenticated SP ID or Roaming Group ID or SNPN ID, select the H-AMF according to S405 and S402.
  • the RAN sends an initial UE message (initial UE message) to the H-AMF, and the message carries at least one of the following: the selected SNPN ID, SP ID, or Roaming Group ID selected by the UE to access.
  • the H-AMF contacts the network elements such as UDM and AUSF of the home network to authenticate the UE, and sends a first message to the RAN according to the authentication result, where the first message is used to indicate the Authentication succeeded or failed.
  • the first message is used to indicate that the terminal device is authenticated successfully, and the first message includes one or more of the following parameters: third indication information, first home network identifier SP ID, the first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, multiple SP IDs supported by the terminal device that can be externally authenticated, and multiple Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device that can be externally authenticated, wherein the third The indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the available attribution of the V-SNPN Network SP.
  • first SP ID and/or the first Roaming Group ID may also be a list of SP IDs and/or a list of Roaming Group IDs, identifying the SP list available for this visit, wherein the indication information #2 may also be Cause value.
  • the H-AMF when it is authenticated, it can obtain all the externally authenticated SP IDs and/or Roaming Group IDs supported by the UE and related to the V-SNPN of this visit through the UDM of the home network, and this information can be Included in the Mobility Restriction List (Mobility Restriction List) for the RAN to subsequently handover the UE to another RAN in this V-SNPN.
  • Mobility Restriction List Mobility Restriction List
  • the first message may carry at least one of the following UE context messages: encryption information, UE identification information such as TMSI, and the like.
  • the core network side UE context message is forwarded to the RAN through the H-AMF, and the RAN forwards the core network side UE context message to the V-AMF, so that the information between the H-AMF and the V-AMF can be transferred through the RAN.
  • the above-mentioned information may be carried in the NGAP message of the above-mentioned message, may also be included in the NAS information of the above-mentioned message, or contained in the message that the H-AMF of the above-mentioned message transparently transmits to the V-AMF.
  • the first message is an initial context setup request (initial context setup request) or a downlink NAS transmission Downlink NAS Transport message,
  • the first message is used to indicate that the authentication of the terminal device fails; the first message includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the terminal device Access to the V-SNPN external authentication fails; the wireless access network device releases the connection with the terminal device according to the first message.
  • the first message may be an error indication (error indication) message, and the error indication (error indication) message carries the fourth indication information to indicate that the external authentication of the terminal device fails.
  • error indication error indication
  • the fourth indication information may also be a cause value.
  • the RAN sends a second message to the UE according to the first message, where the second message is used to inform the terminal device that the authentication succeeds or fails.
  • the second message is used to inform the terminal device that the authentication is successful, and the second message includes at least one or more of the following parameters: the third indication information, the first home network Identification SP ID, first roaming group identification Roaming Group ID, multiple SP IDs supported by the terminal device that can be externally authenticated, multiple Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device that can be externally authenticated, wherein the The third indication information is used to indicate that the external authentication of the terminal device to access the V-SNPN is successful, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to indicate that the terminal device is available to access the V-SNPN the home network SP.
  • the SP ID and/or the Roaming Group ID indicate the available SPs for the UE to access this time, and may also be the SP ID list and/or the Roaming Group ID list, which identifies the available SP list for the current access.
  • the message carries all externally authenticated SP ID lists and/or Roaming Group ID lists supported by the UE to update the externally authenticated list information stored by the UE for subsequent handover, cell reselection, or cell selection by the UE .
  • the above information may be carried in the AS message of the above message, or may be included in the NAS information of the above message.
  • the second message may carry at least one of the following UE context messages: encryption information, UE identification information such as TMSI, and the like.
  • the second message may be an RRC reconfiguration (RRC Reconfiguration) message or a downlink information transfer (DL Information transfer) message.
  • RRC Reconfiguration RRC Reconfiguration
  • DL Information transfer DL Information transfer
  • the second message is used to inform the terminal device that the authentication fails, and the second message includes the fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the terminal The device fails to access the external authentication of the V-SNPN.
  • the second message is an RRC release (RRC release) message.
  • RRC release RRC release
  • the UE after receiving the second message, deletes the SP ID, Roaming Group ID, or SNPN ID that requests access this time but the authentication fails in the locally stored information, for example, updates the UE's local ID.
  • the RAN sends an initial UE message (Initial UE Message) or an uplink NAS transport (Uplink NAS Transport) to the V-AMF, where the initial UE message or the uplink NAS transport message includes at least one or more of the following parameters: Fifth indication information, the first home network identification SP ID, the first roaming group identification Roaming Group ID, multiple SP IDs supported by the terminal device that can be externally authenticated, and multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device.
  • the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device successfully accesses the V-SNPN external authentication
  • the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to indicate that the The terminal device accesses the home network SP available to the V-SNPN.
  • the SP ID and/or the Roaming Group ID indicate the available SPs for the UE to access this time, and may also be the SP ID list and/or the Roaming Group ID list, identifying the available SP list for the current access.
  • the fifth indication information may also be a Cause value.
  • the initial UE message or the uplink NAS transmission message may carry multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the UE and related to the V-SNPN visited this time, and externally authenticated supported by the terminal device.
  • a list of multiple Roaming Group IDs, the information may be included in the Mobility Restriction List for the V-AMF to subsequently perform a handover procedure for the UE in the V-SNPN.
  • the initial UE message or the uplink NAS transmission message may carry at least one of the following UE context messages received by the RAN in step S205: encryption information, UE identification information such as TMSI, and the like.
  • the RAN forwards the UE context message on the core network side to the V-AMF, so that the V-AMF performs NAS layer encryption and the like.
  • the above-mentioned information may be carried in the NGAP message of the above-mentioned message, may also be included in the NAS information of the above-mentioned message, or contained in the message that the H-AMF of the above-mentioned message transparently transmits to the V-AMF.
  • the UE sends a NAS message to the V-AMF, where the NAS message includes at least one or more of the following parameters: fifth indication information, the first home network identifier SP ID, the first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, the terminal equipment Supported multiple externally authenticated SP IDs and multiple externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device, wherein the fifth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN If the external authentication is successful, the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the available home network SP of the V-SNPN.
  • the NAS message includes at least one or more of the following parameters: fifth indication information, the first home network identifier SP ID, the first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, the terminal equipment Supported multiple externally authenticated SP IDs and multiple externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device, wherein the fifth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN If the external authentication
  • the SP ID and/or the Roaming Group ID indicate the available SPs for the UE to access this time, and may also be the SP ID list and the Roaming Group ID list, which identify the available SPs and Roaming Groups for this access.
  • the fifth indication information may also be a Cause value.
  • the NAS message can carry all the externally authenticated SP ID lists and/or Roaming Group ID lists related to the V-SNPN of this visit supported by the UE, and this information can be included in the mobility restriction list. (Mobility Restriction List) for the V-AMF to perform the handover procedure for the UE in the V-SNPN subsequently.
  • Mobility Restriction List for the V-AMF to perform the handover procedure for the UE in the V-SNPN subsequently.
  • the NAS message may carry at least one of the following UE context messages received by the RAN in step S205: encryption information, UE identification information such as TMSI, and the like.
  • the UE forwards the core network side UE context message to the V-AMF, so that the V-AMF performs NAS layer encryption and the like.
  • step S409 and step S410 are parallel steps, and only S409 or S410 may be performed, or S409 and S410 may be performed simultaneously.
  • the V-AMF interacts with the home network or OAM in advance to learn the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by the H-AMF; the RAN selects the V-AMF by default, and the V-AMF redirects the UE and informs RAN, RAN re-selects H-AMF for authentication.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 500 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 500 may be applied in the scenario shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 3 . , of course, it can also be applied in other communication scenarios, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the method is described by taking a terminal device, a wireless access network device, and a core network network element device as an example for executing the method.
  • the execution subject of the execution method may also be a chip, a chip system, or a processor or the like applied to a terminal device, a wireless access network device, and a core network element device.
  • the method 500 shown in FIG. 6 may include S501 to S508. Each step in the method 500 will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 6 .
  • the V-AMF sends an NG setup request response message (NG setup response) or a RAN configuration update response (RAN configuration update acknowledge) message to the RAN, and the message may carry the following information:
  • the first indication information is used to indicate whether the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID supports access through external authentication, and the SNPN ID is used to Identifies the SNPN network supported by the V-AMF and accessible through external authentication; or
  • At least one of the following parameters and priority information of said parameters SP ID and priority information of said SP ID, or priority information of Roaming Group ID and said Roaming Group ID, SP ID and Roaming Group ID to indicate the RAN Supported SP ID and Roaming Group ID, the SP ID or Roaming Group ID is the SP or Roaming Group supported by the RAN.
  • the information carried above may indicate the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by a TA, a cell, a RAN, or a SNPN configured under the AMF described in the RAN.
  • the information carried in the NG setup request response message or the RAN configuration update response message may also be carried in the setup and update messages of the Xn, F1, and E1 interfaces, for example, in the Xn setup request message Xn setup request , NG-RAN node configuration update message NG-RAN node configuration update, F1 setup request message F1 setup request, gNB-DU configuration update message gNB-DU configuration update, gNB-CU-UP E1 setup request message gNB-CU-UP E1 setup request, gNB-CU-CP E1 setup request message gNB-CU-CP E1 setup request message, etc.
  • the H-AMF sends an NG setup request response message (NG setup response) or a RAN configuration update response (RAN configuration update acknowledge) message to the RAN.
  • NG setup response NG setup response
  • RAN configuration update response RAN configuration update acknowledge
  • the RAN may send an NG setup request message (NG setup request) or a RAN configuration update (RAN configuration update) message to the V-AMF, and the RAN may send an NG to the H-AMF
  • NG setup request NG setup request
  • RAN configuration update RAN configuration update
  • the UE sends an access message to the RAN, where the access message includes first information, where the first information is used to inform the radio access network device that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN through home network authentication.
  • the first information is the SNPN ID and the priority information corresponding to the SNPN ID.
  • the RAN selects an AMF (taking H-AMF as an example) based on the SNPN ID, priority and other information reported by the UE in S503, and the network information supported by each AMF received in steps S501 and S502, and sends the The H-AMF sends an Initial UE message, which carries one or more of the following parameters: V-SNPN ID, SP ID, Roaming Group ID, or priority information.
  • the H-AMF is selected; if the priority of the SNPN to be accessed by the UE is the same as the priority of the network supported by the V-AMF If the priorities of the networks are the same, V-AMF is selected. For example, the priority of the SNPN to be accessed by the UE is 1, the priority of the network supported by H-AMF is 1, and the priority of the network supported by V-AMF is 2, then H-AMF is selected for authentication.
  • the H-AMF contacts network elements such as H-UDM, H-AUSF, etc. to authenticate the UE, and sends a first message to the RAN according to the authentication result, where the first message is used to indicate that the terminal Device authentication succeeded or failed.
  • network elements such as H-UDM, H-AUSF, etc.
  • the first message is used to indicate that the authentication of the terminal device is successful, and the first message includes at least one or more of the following parameters: third indication information, first home network identifier SP ID, the first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, multiple SP IDs supported by the terminal device that can be externally authenticated, and multiple Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device that can be externally authenticated, wherein the first roaming group ID
  • the three indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN available Home network SP.
  • first SP ID and/or the first Roaming Group ID may also be a list of SP IDs and/or a list of Roaming Group IDs, identifying the SP list available for this visit, wherein the indication information #2 may also be Cause value.
  • the H-AMF when it is authenticated, it can obtain, through the UDM of the home network, a plurality of externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the UE and related to the V-SNPN of the current visit, and externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device. Multiple Roaming Group IDs authenticated, the information can be included in the Mobility Restriction List for the RAN to switch the UE to another RAN later in the V-SNPN.
  • the first message may carry at least one of the following UE context messages: encryption information, UE identification information such as TMSI, and the like.
  • the core network side UE context message is forwarded to the RAN through the H-AMF, and the RAN forwards the core network side UE context message to the V-AMF, so that the information between the H-AMF and the V-AMF can be transferred through the RAN.
  • the above-mentioned information may be carried in the NGAP message of the above-mentioned message, may also be included in the NAS information of the above-mentioned message, or contained in the message that the H-AMF of the above-mentioned message transparently transmits to the V-AMF.
  • the first message is an initial context setup request (initial context setup request) or a downlink NAS transmission Downlink NAS Transport message,
  • the first message is used to indicate that the authentication of the terminal device fails; the first message includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the terminal device Access to the V-SNPN external authentication fails; the wireless access network device releases the connection with the terminal device according to the first message.
  • the first message may be an error indication (error indication) message, and the error indication (error indication) message carries the fourth indication information to indicate that the external authentication of the terminal device fails.
  • error indication error indication
  • the fourth indication information may also be a cause value.
  • the RAN reselects another AMF (taking V-AMF as an example) based on steps S504 and S505, and sends an initial UE message (initial UE message) to the V-AMF, and the message carries at least one of the following: The selected SNPN ID, SP ID, Roaming Group ID, or priority information that the UE selects to access. If the authentication fails, the RAN will re-select the third AMF, and so on, until it succeeds.
  • S504 and S506 can be sent at the same time, that is, the RAN sends messages to multiple AMFs in parallel, so that the multiple AMFs can authenticate the UE synchronously, so as to reduce the delay caused by serially contacting the AMFs.
  • the AMF for the incoming authentication may send a first message to the RAN, and the first message may refer to the description in the method 300 and the method 300, which will not be repeated here.
  • the RAN when the RAN receives the first message sent by the AMF, the RAN sends a second message to the UE based on the first message.
  • the second message reference may be made to the descriptions in the method 300 and the method 400, which are not repeated here. Repeat.
  • each AMF informs the RAN of information such as SP ID, Roaming Group ID, and priority that it supports; the RAN selects the AMF based on the information notified by the AMF and the information reported by the UE.
  • a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application has been described in detail above with reference to FIG. 1 to FIG. 6 .
  • the communication device according to the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 7 to FIG. 9 .
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus 600 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 600 may be a terminal device, or may be a chip or a circuit, for example, a chip or a circuit that can be provided in the terminal device.
  • the apparatus 600 may be a wireless access network device, or may be a chip or a circuit, for example, a chip or a circuit that may be provided in a wireless access network device.
  • the apparatus 600 may include a processing unit 610 (ie, an example of a processor) and a transceiving unit 630, and the transceiving unit 630 may implement the functions of a receiving unit and a transmitting unit.
  • the processing unit 610 may also be referred to as a determination unit.
  • the transceiver unit 630 may include a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the transceiver unit 630 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit or an interface circuit.
  • the apparatus may further include a storage unit 620 .
  • the storage unit 620 is used to store instructions.
  • the storage unit may also be used to store data or information.
  • the storage unit 620 may be implemented by a memory.
  • the processing unit 610 is configured to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit 620, so that the apparatus 600 implements the steps performed by the terminal device in the above method.
  • the processing unit 610 may be configured to call the data of the storage unit 620, so that the apparatus 600 implements the steps performed by the terminal device in the above method.
  • the processing unit 610 is configured to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit 620, so that the apparatus 600 implements the steps performed by the radio access network device in the above method.
  • the processing unit 610 may be configured to call the data of the storage unit 620, so that the apparatus 600 implements the steps performed by the radio access network device in the above method.
  • the processing unit 610, the storage unit 620, and the transceiver unit 630 can communicate with each other through an internal connection path to transmit control and/or data signals.
  • the storage unit 620 is used to store a computer program, and the processing unit 610 can be used to call and run the computer program from the storage unit 620 to control the transceiver unit 630 to receive signals and/or send signals, and complete the above method. Steps for terminal equipment or radio access network equipment.
  • the storage unit 620 may be integrated in the processing unit 610 , or may be provided separately from the processing unit 610 .
  • the transceiver unit 630 includes a receiver and a transmitter.
  • the receiver and the transmitter may be the same or different physical entities. When they are the same physical entity, they can be collectively referred to as transceivers.
  • the transceiver unit 630 may be a sending unit or a transmitter when sending information, and the transceiver unit 630 may be a receiving unit or a receiving unit when receiving information
  • the transceiver, the transceiver unit can be a transceiver, the transceiver, the transmitter or the receiver can be a radio frequency circuit
  • the device includes a storage unit, the storage unit is used to store computer instructions
  • the processor is communicatively connected to the memory, the processor The computer instructions stored in the memory are executed to cause the apparatus to perform the method 200, the method 500 or the method 600.
  • the processor may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, or an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC).
  • the transceiver unit 630 includes an input interface and an output interface.
  • the transceiver unit 630 may be an input and/or output interface, a pin or a circuit, or the like.
  • the processing unit 610 can execute computer-executable instructions stored in the storage unit, so that the apparatus can perform the method 200 , the method 500 or the method 600 .
  • the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc., and the storage unit may also be a storage unit in the terminal located outside the chip, such as a read-only memory (Read Only Memory). Only Memory, ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), etc.
  • the function of the transceiver unit 630 may be implemented by a transceiver circuit or a dedicated chip for transceiver.
  • the processing unit 610 can be considered to be implemented by a dedicated processing chip, a processing circuit, a processing unit or a general-purpose chip.
  • a general-purpose computer may be used to implement the communication device (for example, a terminal device, or a wireless access network device) provided in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the program codes that will implement the functions of the processing unit 610 and the transceiver unit 630 are stored in the storage unit 620 , and the general processing unit implements the functions of the processing unit 610 and the transceiver unit 630 by executing the codes in the storage unit 620 .
  • the apparatus 600 may be a terminal device, or a chip or circuit provided in the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 630 is configured to send an access message to the wireless access network device, where the access message includes first information, and the first information is used for To inform the wireless access network device that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN through home network authentication; the receiving unit 630 is further configured to receive a first message sent by the wireless access network device, the first message The message is used to indicate success or failure of authentication to the terminal device.
  • the first information includes at least one or more of the following parameters: an independent non-public network identifier SNPN ID, a home network identifier SP ID, a roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, or first indication information, the The first indication information is used to indicate the SNPN ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID; or, the first information includes the SNPN ID and the priority information of the network that the terminal device needs to authenticate.
  • the access message is a radio resource control RRC setup complete or RRC setup request message.
  • the first message is used to indicate that the terminal device is successfully authenticated, and the first message includes one or more of the following parameters: second indication information, first SP ID, first Roaming Group ID, multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device, and multiple externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device, wherein the second indication information is used to indicate the terminal
  • the external authentication of the device accessing the V-SNPN is successful, and the first SP ID and/or the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access an available home network SP.
  • the first message further includes context information of the terminal device.
  • the first message is an RRC reconfiguration message or a downlink information forwarding message.
  • the first message is used to indicate that the authentication of the terminal device fails, and the first message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to access the
  • the V-SNPN external authentication fails;
  • the terminal device also includes a processing unit for deleting the following one or more parameters stored locally according to the first message: independent non-public network identifier SNPN ID, home network identifier SP ID or Roaming Group ID.
  • the first message is an RRC release message.
  • the sending unit 630 is further configured to send an initial UE message or an uplink NAS transmission message to the access and mobility management function V-AMF in the visited network, where the initial UE message or the uplink NAS transmission message includes One or more of the following parameters: fourth indication information, first home network identifier SP ID, first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device and supported by the terminal device multiple Roaming Group IDs that can be externally authenticated, wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN externally authenticated successfully, and the first SP ID and/or the first SP ID and/or the third A Roaming Group ID is used to instruct the terminal device to access the available home network SP of the V-SNPN.
  • fourth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN externally authenticated successfully
  • the first SP ID and/or the first SP ID and/or the third A Roaming Group ID is used to instruct the terminal device to access the
  • each module or unit in the apparatus 600 can be used to perform various actions or processing procedures performed by the terminal device in the above method.
  • the apparatus 600 may be a wireless access network device, or a chip or circuit provided in the wireless access network device.
  • the transceiver unit 630 is configured to receive an access message sent by the terminal device, where the access message includes the first information, the The first information is used to inform the wireless access network device that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN through home network authentication;
  • the processing unit 610 is configured to select the access and mobility management function AMF according to the first information , the selected AMF is the V-AMF in the visited independent non-public network or the H-AMF of the home network;
  • the transceiver unit 630 is further configured to receive the first message sent by the H-AMF, and the first message uses to indicate success or failure of authentication to the terminal device;
  • the transceiver unit 630 is configured to send a second message to the terminal device according to the first message, where the second message is used to inform the terminal device of authentication success or failure.
  • the first information includes one or more of the following parameters: an independent non-public network identifier SNPN ID, a home network identifier SP ID, a roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, or first indication information, the first An indication information is used to indicate the SNPN ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID; or, the first information includes the SNPN ID and the priority information of the network that the terminal device needs to authenticate.
  • the processing unit 610 is specifically configured to: when the first information only includes the SNPN ID, select the access and mobility management function V in the non-public network V-SNPN independent of the visited network -AMF; or, when the first information includes at least one parameter in the SNPN ID and the SP ID and the Roaming Group ID, select the access and mobility management function H-AMF in the home network; or , when the first information includes the SP ID and/or the Roaming Group ID, select the access and mobility management function H-AMF in the home network; or, when the first information includes an independent non-public
  • the network identifier and the priority information of the network that the terminal device needs to authenticate, and the access and mobility management functions are selected according to the priority information of the network supported by the V-AMF and the H-AMF.
  • the transceiver unit 630 is further configured to receive the V-AMF sent by the V-AMF.
  • the third message is used to instruct the wireless access network device to reselect the H-AMF; the processing unit 610 is further configured to select the H-AMF according to the third message.
  • the first message is used to indicate that the terminal device is successfully authenticated, and the first message includes one or more of the following parameters: second indication information, first home network identifier SP ID, The first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, a plurality of externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device, and a plurality of externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device, wherein the second indication information Used to indicate that the terminal equipment accesses the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and/or the first Roaming Group ID is used to indicate that the terminal equipment accesses the available attribution of the V-SNPN Network SP.
  • the first message further includes context information of the terminal device.
  • the first message is an initial context establishment request or a downlink NAS transmission message.
  • the second message is used to inform the terminal device that the authentication is successful, and the second message includes one or more of the following parameters: second indication information, the first home network identifier SP ID, the first A roaming group ID, a plurality of externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device, and a plurality of externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device, wherein the second indication information uses To indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, the first SP ID and/or the first Roaming Group ID is used to instruct the terminal device to access the available home network of the V-SNPN SP.
  • the second message further includes context information of the terminal device.
  • the second message is an RRC reconfiguration message or a downlink information forwarding message.
  • the first message is used to indicate that the authentication of the terminal device fails; the first message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to access the The V-SNPN external authentication fails; the processing unit is further configured to release the connection with the terminal device according to the first message.
  • the second message is used to inform the terminal device that authentication fails, and the second message includes the third indication information, and the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to access The external authentication of the V-SNPN fails.
  • the authentication failure message is an RRC release message.
  • the transceiver unit 630 is further configured to: send an initial UE message or an uplink NAS transmission message to the V-AMF, where the initial UE message or uplink NAS transmission message includes one or more of the following parameters: fourth Indication information, the first home network identifier SP ID, the first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device, and multiple externally authenticated Roaming supported by the terminal device Group ID, wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and/or the first Roaming Group ID is used to indicate the The terminal device accesses the home network SP available to the V-SNPN.
  • the initial UE message or the uplink NAS transmission message further includes context information of the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 630 before receiving the access message sent by the terminal device, is further configured to: receive an NG setup request response message sent by the V-AMF and/or the H-AMF or a RAN configuration update response message, the NG setup request response message or the RAN configuration update response message includes:
  • the SNPN ID and fifth indication information is used to indicate whether the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID supports access through external authentication; or, the SNPN ID and one of the following parameters: the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID indicates that the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID can be accessed by performing external authentication through the network corresponding to the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID; Item parameter: SP ID or Roaming Group ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID indicates the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by the V-AMF and/or H-AMF; or, the SNPN ID , the priority information of any one or more parameters in the SP ID and the Roaming Group ID.
  • the transceiver unit 630 is further configured to: send an NG setup request message or a RAN configuration update message to the V-AMF and/or the H-AMF, the NG setup request message or all
  • the RAN configuration update message includes: an SNPN ID and fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate whether the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID supports access through external authentication; or, the SNPN ID and one of the following parameters: SP ID or Roaming Group ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID indicates that the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID can be accessed by performing external authentication through the network corresponding to the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID; or, one of the following parameters : SP ID or Roaming Group ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID indicates the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by the V-AMF and/or the H-AMF.
  • each module or unit in the apparatus 600 can be used to perform various actions or processing procedures performed by the wireless access network device in the above method.
  • each module or unit in the apparatus 600 can be used to perform various actions or processing procedures performed by the wireless access network device in the above method.
  • the detailed description thereof is omitted.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 700 provided by this application.
  • the terminal device 700 may perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • FIG. 8 only shows the main components of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device 700 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, and to control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process data of the software programs, for example, for supporting the terminal device to execute the above-mentioned transmission precoding matrix instruction method embodiment. the described action.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data, such as the codebook described in the above embodiments.
  • the control circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal.
  • the control circuit together with the antenna can also be called a transceiver, which is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
  • the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, which converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 8 only shows one memory and a processor. In an actual terminal device, there may be multiple processors and memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data.
  • the central processing unit is mainly used to control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process software programs. data.
  • the processor in FIG. 8 integrates the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor and the central processing unit may also be independent processors, interconnected by technologies such as a bus.
  • a terminal device may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, a terminal device may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capability, and various components of the terminal device may be connected through various buses.
  • the baseband processor may also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip.
  • the central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip.
  • the function of processing the communication protocol and communication data may be built in the processor, or may be stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
  • an antenna and a control circuit with a transceiver function may be regarded as the transceiver unit 710 of the terminal device 700
  • a processor with a processing function may be regarded as the processing unit 820 of the terminal device 700
  • the terminal device 700 includes a transceiver unit 710 and a processing unit 720 .
  • the transceiving unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiving device, or the like.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 710 may be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device for implementing the transmitting function in the transceiver unit 710 may be regarded as a transmitting unit, that is, the transceiver unit includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit.
  • the receiving unit may also be referred to as a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, and the like
  • the transmitting unit may be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, or the like.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless access network device 800 according to an embodiment of the present application, which can be used to implement the functions of the access device in the foregoing method.
  • the radio access network device 800 includes one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (remote radio unit, RRU) 810 and one or more baseband units (baseband unit, BBU) (also referred to as digital units, digital units) , DU)820.
  • the RRU 810 may be referred to as a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and may include at least one antenna 811 and a radio frequency unit 812 .
  • the RRU810 part is mainly used for receiving and sending radio frequency signals and converting radio frequency signals to baseband signals, for example, for sending the signaling messages described in the above embodiments to terminal equipment.
  • the part of the BBU820 is mainly used to perform baseband processing, control the base station, and so on.
  • the RRU 810 and the BBU 820 may be physically set together or physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
  • the BBU820 is the control center of the base station, which may also be called a processing unit, and is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, and spread spectrum.
  • the BBU (processing unit) 820 may be used to control the base station to perform the operation procedures related to the network device in the above method embodiments.
  • the BBU820 may be composed of one or more single boards, and the multiple single boards may jointly support a wireless access network of a single access standard (such as an LTE system or a 5G system), or may support different access modes respectively. into the standard wireless access network.
  • the BBU 820 also includes a memory 821 and a processor 822 .
  • the memory 821 is used to store necessary instructions and data.
  • the memory 821 stores the codebook and the like in the above-described embodiments.
  • the processor 822 is configured to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to perform the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the memory 821 and processor 822 may serve one or more single boards. That is to say, the memory and processor can be provided separately on each single board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits may also be provided on each single board.
  • SoC system-on-chip
  • the base station function chip integrates a processor, a memory, an antenna interface and other devices, the program of the base station related functions is stored in the memory, and the processor executes the program to realize the related functions of the base station.
  • the base station function chip can also read the external memory of the chip to realize the related functions of the base station.
  • FIG. 9 the structure of the radio access network device illustrated in FIG. 9 is only a possible form, and should not constitute any limitation to the embodiments of the present application. This application does not exclude the possibility of other forms of base station structures that may appear in the future.
  • the processor may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), dedicated integrated Circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • a general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), electrically programmable Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which acts as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • enhanced SDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Fetch memory
  • direct memory bus random access memory direct rambus RAM, DR RAM
  • the above embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any other combination.
  • the above-described embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs. When the computer instructions or computer programs are loaded or executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wire (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, or the like that contains one or more sets of available media.
  • the usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, DVDs), or semiconductor media.
  • the semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, implements the steps performed by the terminal device in any of the foregoing embodiments, or the first wireless access network device The steps performed, or the steps performed by the second radio access network device, or the steps performed by the core network device.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program product, which, when executed by a computer, implements the steps performed by the terminal device in any of the foregoing embodiments, or the steps performed by the first wireless access network device, or the first step performed by the wireless access network device. 2. The steps performed by the radio access network equipment, or the steps performed by the core network equipment.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a system chip, where the system chip includes: a communication unit and a processing unit.
  • the processing unit may, for example, be a processor.
  • the communication unit may be, for example, a communication interface, an input/output interface, a pin or a circuit, or the like.
  • the processing unit can execute computer instructions, so that the chip in the communication apparatus executes the steps executed by the terminal device provided in the above embodiments of the present application, or the steps executed by the wireless access network device.
  • the computer instructions are stored in a storage unit.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, which includes the aforementioned wireless access network device and terminal device.
  • various aspects or features of the present application may be implemented as a method, apparatus, or article of manufacture using standard programming and/or engineering techniques.
  • article of manufacture encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer readable device, carrier or medium.
  • computer readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (eg, hard disks, floppy disks, or magnetic tapes, etc.), optical disks (eg, compact discs (CDs), digital versatile discs (DVDs) etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (eg, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), card, stick or key drives, etc.).
  • various storage media described herein can represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • the term "machine-readable medium” may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the present application are a communication method, a terminal device, and a radio access network (RAN) device. In the method, when a terminal device initially accesses a V-SNPN, information needs to be added to an access message so as to notify a RAN device that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN by means of home network authentication, and the RAN device then selects an AMF on the basis of the added information, and then authenticates the terminal device. The method comprises: a terminal device sends an access message to a RAN device, the access message comprising first information, and the first information being used to notify the RAN device that the terminal device accesses a V-SNPN by means of home network authentication; and a first message sent by the RAN device is received, the first message being used to indicate that the authentication on the terminal device has succeeded or failed.

Description

一种通信方法、终端设备和无线接入网设备A communication method, terminal device and wireless access network device

本申请要求于2020年6月30日提交中国专利局、申请号为202010617674.1、申请名称为“一种通信方法、终端设备和无线接入网设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application filed on June 30, 2020 with the application number of 202010617674.1 and the application title of "a communication method, terminal equipment and wireless access network equipment", the entire contents of which are approved by Reference is incorporated in this application.

技术领域technical field

本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体的,涉及一种通信方法、终端设备和无线接入网设备。The present application relates to the field of communication, and more particularly, to a communication method, terminal device and wireless access network device.

背景技术Background technique

非公网络(non-public networks,NPN)是第三代合作伙伴计划版本16(3rd Generation Partnership Project Release 16,3GPP R16)标准中引入的一种网络,区别于传统蜂窝网络,NPN网路只允许某些具有特定权限的用户接入。3GPP定义了两种NPN部署模式:独立组网(Stand-alone non-public networks,SNPN)和非独立组网(non-stand-alone NPN)两种组网方式。在3GPP R17中引入UE访问SNPN网络的方式:存在一个拜访网络(visited network),拜访网络可以为SNPN(Visited-SNPN,V-SNPN),存在另一个归属网络(home network),归属网络属于服务提供商(Service Provider,SP)部署,归属网络中至少存在统一数据管理(Unified Data Management,UDM),鉴权服务功能(Authentication Server Function,AUSF)网元。终端设备(User Equipment,UE)访问V-SNPN时,接入V-SNPN的接入和移动管理功能(Access and Mobility Management Function,AMF),AMF进而连接到SP的UDM和AUSF对UE进行鉴权,验证UE是否有权限接入。Non-public networks (NPN) is a network introduced in the 3rd Generation Partnership Project Release 16 (3rd Generation Partnership Project Release 16, 3GPP R16) standard. Different from traditional cellular networks, NPN networks only allow Access by certain users with specific privileges. 3GPP defines two NPN deployment modes: Stand-alone non-public networks (SNPN) and non-stand-alone NPN. In 3GPP R17, the way for UE to access SNPN network is introduced: there is a visited network (visited network), the visited network can be SNPN (Visited-SNPN, V-SNPN), there is another home network (home network), the home network belongs to the service Provider (Service Provider, SP) deployment, there are at least Unified Data Management (Unified Data Management, UDM) and Authentication Server Function (Authentication Server Function, AUSF) network elements in the home network. When the terminal device (User Equipment, UE) accesses the V-SNPN, it accesses the Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF) of the V-SNPN, and the AMF then connects to the UDM and AUSF of the SP to authenticate the UE , to verify whether the UE has access rights.

在多运营商核心网络(multi-operator core network,MOCN)架构中,接入网(radio access network,RAN)设备被多个网络共享。当一个终端设备需要访问SNPN网络时,无线接入网设备如何选择AMF对其进行鉴权是一项亟待解决的问题。In a multi-operator core network (MOCN) architecture, access network (RAN) devices are shared by multiple networks. When a terminal device needs to access the SNPN network, how the wireless access network device selects the AMF to authenticate it is an urgent problem to be solved.

发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

本申请提供一种通信方法、终端设备和无线接入网设备,所述通信方法中终端设备在初始接入V-SNPN时需要在接入消息中增加信息以告知无线接入网设备所述终端设备通过归属网络鉴权接入所述V-SNPN,无线接入网设备进而基于增加的信息进行AMF的选择,进而鉴权所述终端设备。The present application provides a communication method, a terminal device and a wireless access network device. In the communication method, when the terminal device initially accesses a V-SNPN, it needs to add information to an access message to inform the wireless access network device of the terminal. The device accesses the V-SNPN through home network authentication, and the wireless access network device further selects the AMF based on the added information, and then authenticates the terminal device.

第一方面,提供了一种通信方法,所述方法应用于终端设备,所述终端设备接入拜访独立的非公网络V-SNPN,该方法包括:向无线接入网设备发送接入消息,所述接入消息包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于告知所述无线接入网设备所述终端设备通过归属网络鉴权以接入所述V-SNPN;接收所述无线接入网设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权成功或失败。A first aspect provides a communication method, the method is applied to a terminal device, the terminal device accesses and visits an independent non-public network V-SNPN, the method includes: sending an access message to a wireless access network device, The access message includes first information, and the first information is used to inform the wireless access network device that the terminal device is authenticated by the home network to access the V-SNPN; receiving the wireless access network The first message sent by the device, where the first message is used to indicate whether the authentication of the terminal device succeeds or fails.

因此,在终端设备接入拜访独立的非公网络V-SNPN时,向所述V-SNPN中的无线接入网设备发送接入消息,所述接入消息包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于告知所述无线接入网设备所述终端设备通过归属网络鉴权接入所述V-SNPN,实现了所属无线接入网设备 可以根据所述第一信息来选择鉴权的AMF,进而对所述终端设备进行鉴权。Therefore, when the terminal device accesses and visits the independent non-public network V-SNPN, it sends an access message to the wireless access network device in the V-SNPN, where the access message includes first information, and the first The information is used to inform the wireless access network device that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN through home network authentication, so that the wireless access network device to which it belongs can select the AMF for authentication according to the first information, Then, the terminal device is authenticated.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一信息包括以下一个或多个参数:独立的非公网络标识(Stand-alone non-public networks identifier,SNPN ID)、归属网络标识SP ID、漫游组标识Roaming Group ID或第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述SNPN ID、所述SP ID或所述Roaming Group ID;或者,所述第一信息包括SNPN ID和所述终端设备需要进行鉴权的网络的优先级信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first information includes one or more of the following parameters: an independent non-public network identifier (Stand-alone non-public networks identifier, SNPN ID), an attribution Network identifier SP ID, roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, or first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the SNPN ID, the SP ID, or the Roaming Group ID; or, the first information includes SNPN ID and priority information of the network that the terminal device needs to authenticate.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述接入消息为无线资源控制RRC建立完成或RRC建立请求消息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the access message is a radio resource control RRC setup complete or RRC setup request message.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权成功,所述第一消息包括以下一个或多个参数:第二指示信息、第一归属网络标识SP ID、第一漫游组标识Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID和所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,其中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first message is used to indicate that the terminal device is successfully authenticated, and the first message includes one or more of the following parameters: second indication information , the first home network identification SP ID, the first roaming group identification Roaming Group ID, a plurality of externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device and a plurality of externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device , wherein the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN. The home network SP available to the V-SNPN.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一消息还包括所述终端设备的上下文信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first message further includes context information of the terminal device.

此时,所述第一消息中包括所述终端设备的上下文信息,所述终端设备在接收到所述第一消息时,可以使所述终端设备正确执行小区重选、切换等操作。At this time, the first message includes the context information of the terminal device, and when the terminal device receives the first message, the terminal device can make the terminal device correctly perform operations such as cell reselection and handover.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一消息为RRC重配置消息或者下行信息转发消息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first message is an RRC reconfiguration message or a downlink information forwarding message.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权失败,所述第一消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权失败;所述终端设备根据所述第一消息,删除本地存储的以下至少一个或多个参数:SNPN ID、SP ID或Roaming Group ID。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first message is used to indicate that the authentication of the terminal device fails, and the first message includes third indication information, and the third indication information Used to indicate that the terminal device fails to access the external authentication of the V-SNPN; the terminal device deletes at least one or more of the following locally stored parameters according to the first message: SNPN ID, SP ID or Roaming Group ID .

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一消息为RRC释放消息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first message is an RRC release message.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:向拜访网络中的接入和移动管理功能V-AMF发送初始终端设备UE消息或者上行非接入层NAS传输消息,所述初始UE消息或者上行NAS传输消息包括以下一个或多个参数:第四指示信息、第一归属网络标识SP ID、第一漫游组标识Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID和所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,其中,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: sending an initial terminal equipment UE message or an uplink non-access stratum NAS transmission to the access and mobility management function V-AMF in the visited network message, the initial UE message or the uplink NAS transmission message includes one or more of the following parameters: fourth indication information, the first home network identifier SP ID, the first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, the external data supported by the terminal device Multiple authenticated SP IDs and multiple externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device, wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device successfully accesses the V-SNPN for external authentication , the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the available home network SP of the V-SNPN.

第二方面,提供了一种通信方法,所述方法应用于无线接入网设备,所述无线接入网设备既是拜访独立的非公网络V-SNPN的无线接入网设备也是归属网络的无线接入网设备,其特征在于,包括:接收终端设备发送的接入消息,所述接入消息包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于告知所述无线接入网设备所述终端设备通过归属网络鉴权接入所述V-SNPN;根据所述第一信息,选择接入和移动管理功能AMF,选择的所述AMF为拜访独立的非公网络中的V-AMF或者归属网络的H-AMF;接收H-AMF发送的第一消息,所 述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权成功或失败;根据所述第一消息,向所述终端设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息用于告知所述终端设备鉴权成功或失败。In a second aspect, a communication method is provided, and the method is applied to a wireless access network device, where the wireless access network device is both a wireless access network device that visits an independent non-public network V-SNPN and a wireless access network device of a home network. An access network device, characterized in that it includes: receiving an access message sent by a terminal device, where the access message includes first information, and the first information is used to inform the wireless access network device that the terminal device has passed the The home network authenticates the access to the V-SNPN; according to the first information, selects the access and mobility management function AMF, and the selected AMF is the V-AMF in the visiting independent non-public network or the H of the home network -AMF; receive a first message sent by H-AMF, where the first message is used to indicate success or failure of authentication to the terminal device; send a second message to the terminal device according to the first message, the The second message is used to inform the terminal device that the authentication succeeds or fails.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一信息包括以下一个或多个参数:独立的非公网络标识SNPN ID、归属网络标识SP ID、漫游组标识Roaming Group ID或第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述独立的非公网络标识、所述归属网络标识或所述漫游组标识;或者,所述第一信息包括独立的非公网络标识和所述终端设备需要进行鉴权的网络的优先级信息。In conjunction with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first information includes one or more of the following parameters: independent non-public network identifier SNPN ID, home network identifier SP ID, roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID or first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the independent non-public network identity, the home network identity or the roaming group identity; or, the first information includes an independent non-public network identity and the priority information of the network that the terminal device needs to authenticate.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述根据所述第一信息,选择接入和移动管理功能,包括:当所述第一信息只包括所述SNPN ID时,选择拜访网络独立的非公网络V-SNPN中的接入和移动管理功能V-AMF;或者,当所述第一信息包括所述SNPN ID和所述SP ID以及所述Roaming Group ID中的至少一个参数时,选择归属网络中的接入和移动管理功能H-AMF;或者,当所述第一信息包括所述SP ID和所述Roaming Group ID中的至少一个参数时,选择归属网络中的接入和移动管理功能H-AMF;或者,当所述第一信息包括独立的非公网络标识和所述终端设备需要进行鉴权的网络的优先级信息,根据V-AMF和H-AMF所支持的网络的优先级信息,选择接入和移动管理功能。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the selecting an access and mobility management function according to the first information includes: when the first information only includes the SNPN ID, selecting The access and mobility management function V-AMF in the non-public network V-SNPN independent of the visited network; or, when the first information includes at least one of the SNPN ID, the SP ID and the Roaming Group ID parameter, select the access and mobility management function H-AMF in the home network; or, when the first information includes at least one parameter in the SP ID and the Roaming Group ID, select the access and mobility management function in the home network. Access and mobility management function H-AMF; or, when the first information includes an independent non-public network identifier and the priority information of the network for which the terminal device needs to be authenticated, according to the V-AMF and H-AMF supported Priority information of the network, select access and mobility management functions.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,在所述选择拜访网络独立的非公网络V-SNPN中的接入和移动管理功能V-AMF后,所述方法还包括:接收所述V-AMF发送的第三消息,所示第三消息用于指示所述无线接入网设备重新选择所述H-AMF;根据所述第三消息,选择所述H-AMF。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, after selecting the access and mobility management function V-AMF in the non-public network V-SNPN independent of the visited network, the method further includes: receiving The third message sent by the V-AMF, where the third message is used to instruct the wireless access network device to reselect the H-AMF; and select the H-AMF according to the third message.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权成功,所述第一消息包括以下一个或多个参数:第二指示信息、第一归属网络标识SP ID、第一漫游组标识Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID和所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,其中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first message is used to indicate that the terminal device is authenticated successfully, and the first message includes one or more of the following parameters: second indication information , the first home network identification SP ID, the first roaming group identification Roaming Group ID, a plurality of externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device and a plurality of externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device , wherein the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN. The home network SP available to the V-SNPN.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一消息还包括所述终端设备的上下文信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first message further includes context information of the terminal device.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一消息为初始上下文建立请求或下行NAS传输消息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first message is an initial context establishment request or a downlink NAS transmission message.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二消息用于告知所述终端设备鉴权成功,所述第二消息包括以下至少一个或多个参数:第二指示信息、第一归属网络标识SP ID、第一漫游组标识Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID和所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,其中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the second message is used to inform the terminal device that the authentication is successful, and the second message includes at least one or more of the following parameters: second indication information , the first home network identification SP ID, the first roaming group identification Roaming Group ID, a plurality of externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device and a plurality of externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device , wherein the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN. The home network SP available to the V-SNPN.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二消息还包括所述终端设备的上下文信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the second message further includes context information of the terminal device.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二消息为RRC重配置消息或者下行信息转发消息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the second message is an RRC reconfiguration message or a downlink information forwarding message.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权失败;所述第一消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权失败;所述无线接入网设备根据所述第一消息,释放与所述终端设备的连接。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first message is used to indicate that the authentication of the terminal device fails; the first message includes third indication information, and the third indication information It is used to indicate that the terminal equipment fails to access the external authentication of the V-SNPN; the wireless access network equipment releases the connection with the terminal equipment according to the first message.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二消息用于告知所述终端设备鉴权失败,所述第二消息包括所述第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权失败。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the second message is used to inform the terminal device that authentication fails, the second message includes the third indication information, and the third indication The information is used to indicate that the terminal device fails to access the external authentication of the V-SNPN.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述鉴权失败的消息为RRC释放消息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the authentication failure message is an RRC release message.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:In conjunction with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes:

向V-AMF发送初始UE消息或者上行NAS传输消息,所述初始UE消息或者上行NAS传输消息包括以下一个或多个参数:第四指示信息、第一归属网络标识SP ID、第一漫游组标识Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID和所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP IDRoaming Group ID,其中,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。Send an initial UE message or uplink NAS transmission message to the V-AMF, where the initial UE message or uplink NAS transmission message includes one or more of the following parameters: fourth indication information, first home network identifier SP ID, first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device, and multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device Roaming Group ID, wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate the The external authentication of the terminal device accessing the V-SNPN is successful, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the available home network SP of the V-SNPN.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述初始UE消息或者上行NAS传输消息还包括所述终端设备的上下文信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the initial UE message or the uplink NAS transmission message further includes context information of the terminal device.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,在所述接收终端设备发送的接入消息之前,所述方法还包括:接收所述V-AMF和/或所述H-AMF发送的NG建立请求响应消息或RAN配置更新响应消息,所述NG建立请求响应消息或所述RAN配置更新响应消息包括:With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, before the receiving the access message sent by the terminal device, the method further includes: receiving the V-AMF and/or the H-AMF sending The NG setup request response message or the RAN configuration update response message, the NG setup request response message or the RAN configuration update response message includes:

所述SNPN ID和第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示所述SNPN ID所标识的SNPN是否支持通过外部鉴权访问;或者,所述SNPN ID和和以下一个或多个参数:所述SP ID、或所述Roaming Group ID,所述SP ID、或所述Roaming Group ID指示通过SP ID或Roaming Group ID所对应的网络进行外部鉴权可访问SNPN ID所标识的SNPN;或者,以下至少一项参数:SP ID、或Roaming Group ID,所述SP ID、或所述Roaming Group ID指示所述V-AMF和/或H-AMF所支持的SP ID或Roaming Group ID;或者,所述SNPN ID、所述SP ID和所述Roaming Group ID中的任一个或多个参数的优先级信息。The SNPN ID and the fifth indication information, the fifth indication information is used to indicate whether the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID supports access through external authentication; or, the SNPN ID and one or more of the following parameters: The SP ID or the Roaming Group ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID indicate that the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID can be accessed by performing external authentication through the network corresponding to the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID; or, At least one of the following parameters: SP ID, or Roaming Group ID, the SP ID, or the Roaming Group ID indicates the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by the V-AMF and/or H-AMF; or, all The priority information of any one or more parameters in the SNPN ID, the SP ID and the Roaming Group ID.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:向所述V-AMF和/或所述H-AMF发送发送的NG建立请求消息或RAN配置更新消息,所述NG建立请求消息或所述RAN配置更新消息包括:SNPN ID和第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示所述SNPN ID所标识的SNPN是否支持通过外部鉴权访问;或者,SNPN ID和以下至少一项参数:SP ID、或Roaming Group ID,所述SP ID、或所述Roaming Group ID指示通过SP ID或Roaming Group ID所对应的网络进行外部鉴权可访问SNPN ID所标识的SNPN;或者,以下至少一项参数:SP ID、或Roaming Group ID,所述SP ID、或所述Roaming Group ID指示所述V-AMF和/或H-AMF所支持的SP ID或Roaming Group ID。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: sending the sent NG setup request message or RAN configuration update message to the V-AMF and/or the H-AMF, where The NG setup request message or the RAN configuration update message includes: an SNPN ID and fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate whether the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID supports access through external authentication; or, the SNPN ID and at least one of the following parameters: SP ID, or Roaming Group ID, the SP ID, or the Roaming Group ID indicates that the SNPN ID can be accessed by performing external authentication through the network corresponding to the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID. SNPN; or, at least one of the following parameters: SP ID, or Roaming Group ID, the SP ID, or the Roaming Group ID indicates the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by the V-AMF and/or H-AMF .

第三方面,提供了一种通信方法,所述方法应用于接入和移动管理功能AMF,所述AMF为拜访独立的非公网络V-SNPN的V-AMF,其特征在于,包括:确定所述终端设备 需要进行外部鉴权;向无线接入网设备发送初始上下文建立请求消息或错误指示消息,所述初始上下文建立请求消息或所述错误指示消息包括以下至少一个或多个参数:原因值、选择的V-SNPN ID所支持的外部鉴权的归属网络标识SP IDs、或选择的V-SNPN ID所支持的外部鉴权的漫游组标识Roaming Group IDs,其中所述原因值指示所述终端设备请求接入的V-SNPN需要外部鉴权,selected V-SNPN ID所支持的外部鉴权的SP IDs或Roaming Group IDs用于指示重新定向的归属接入和移动管理功能H-AMF所支持的SP IDs或Roaming Group IDs。A third aspect provides a communication method, the method is applied to an access and mobility management function AMF, where the AMF is a V-AMF that visits an independent non-public network V-SNPN, characterized in that it includes: determining all The terminal device needs to perform external authentication; send an initial context establishment request message or an error indication message to the wireless access network device, and the initial context establishment request message or the error indication message includes at least one or more of the following parameters: cause value , the externally authenticated home network identification SP IDs supported by the selected V-SNPN ID, or the externally authenticated roaming group identification Roaming Group IDs supported by the selected V-SNPN ID, wherein the cause value indicates that the terminal The V-SNPN that the device requests to access requires external authentication. The externally authenticated SP IDs or Roaming Group IDs supported by the selected V-SNPN ID are used to indicate the redirected home access and mobility management functions supported by H-AMF. SP IDs or Roaming Group IDs.

结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,在确定所述终端设备需要进行外部鉴权之前,所述方法还包括:与归属网络或者操作管理和维护系统(Operation,Administration and Aaintenance,OAM)交互,获得所述H-AMF所支持的SP或Roaming Group。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, before it is determined that the terminal device needs to perform external authentication, the method further includes: communicating with a home network or an operation management and maintenance system (Operation, Administration and Aaintenance , OAM) interaction to obtain the SP or Roaming Group supported by the H-AMF.

结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收无线接入网设备发送的初始UE消息或者上行NAS传输消息,所述初始UE消息或者上行NAS传输消息包括以下至少一个或多个参数:第四指示信息、第一归属网络标识SP ID、第一漫游组标识Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID和所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,其中,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the method further includes: receiving an initial UE message or an uplink NAS transmission message sent by a radio access network device, where the initial UE message or uplink NAS transmission message includes At least one or more of the following parameters: fourth indication information, first home network identifier SP ID, first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device, and the terminal device Supported multiple Roaming Group IDs that can be externally authenticated, wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN externally authenticated successfully, and the first SP ID and the first The Roaming Group ID is used to instruct the terminal device to access the available home network SP of the V-SNPN.

结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述初始UE消息或者上行NAS传输消息还包括所述终端设备的上下文信息。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the initial UE message or the uplink NAS transmission message further includes context information of the terminal device.

第四方面,提供了一种通信方法,所述方法应用于接入和移动管理功能AMF,所述AMF为归属网络的接入和移动管理功能H-AMF,其特征在于,包括:对终端设备进行鉴权;向无线接入网设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权成功或者失败。A fourth aspect provides a communication method, the method is applied to an access and mobility management function AMF, the AMF is an access and mobility management function H-AMF of a home network, and is characterized in that: Perform authentication; send a first message to the wireless access network device, where the first message is used to indicate whether the authentication of the terminal device succeeds or fails.

结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一消息包括以下至少一个或多个参数:第二指示信息、第一归属网络标识SP ID、第一漫游组标识Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID和所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP IDRoaming Group ID,其中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first message includes at least one or more of the following parameters: second indication information, first home network identifier SP ID, first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device, and multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device Roaming Group ID, wherein the second indication information is used to indicate the terminal The external authentication of the device accessing the V-SNPN is successful, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the available home network SP of the V-SNPN.

结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一消息还包括所述终端设备的上下文信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first message further includes context information of the terminal device.

结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述鉴权成功的消息为初始上下文建立请求或下行NAS传输消息。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the authentication success message is an initial context establishment request or a downlink NAS transmission message.

结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权失败。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device fails to access the external authentication of the V-SNPN .

第五方面,提供了一种终端设备,所述终端设备接入拜访独立的非公网络V-SNPN,所述终端设备包括:发送单元,用于向无线接入网设备发送接入消息,所述接入消息包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于告知所述无线接入网设备所述终端设备通过归属网络鉴权接入所述V-SNPN;接收单元,用于接收所述无线接入网设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消 息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权成功或失败。In a fifth aspect, a terminal device is provided, the terminal device accesses an independent non-public network V-SNPN, the terminal device includes: a sending unit, configured to send an access message to a wireless access network device, the The access message includes first information, and the first information is used to inform the wireless access network device that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN through home network authentication; a receiving unit is configured to receive the wireless access network. The first message sent by the access network device, where the first message is used to indicate whether the authentication of the terminal device succeeds or fails.

结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一信息包括以下一个或多个参数:独立的非公网络标识SNPN ID、归属网络标识SP ID、漫游组标识Roaming Group ID或第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述SNPN ID、所述SP ID或所述Roaming Group ID;或者,所述第一信息包括独立的非公网络标识和所述终端设备需要进行鉴权的网络的优先级信息。In conjunction with the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the first information includes one or more of the following parameters: independent non-public network identifier SNPN ID, home network identifier SP ID, roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID Or the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the SNPN ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID; or, the first information includes an independent non-public network identifier and the terminal device Priority information of the network that needs to be authenticated.

结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述接入消息为无线资源控制RRC建立完成或RRC建立请求消息。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the access message is a radio resource control RRC setup complete or RRC setup request message.

结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权成功,所述第一消息包括以下一个或多个参数:第二指示信息、第一归属网络标识SP ID、第一漫游组标识Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID和所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,其中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问可用的归属网络SP。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the first message is used to indicate that the terminal device is authenticated successfully, and the first message includes one or more of the following parameters: second indication information , the first home network identification SP ID, the first roaming group identification Roaming Group ID, a plurality of externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device and a plurality of externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device , wherein the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal equipment accesses the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to indicate that the terminal equipment is available for access the home network SP.

结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一消息还包括所述终端设备的上下文信息。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the first message further includes context information of the terminal device.

结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一消息为RRC重配置消息或者下行信息转发消息。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the first message is an RRC reconfiguration message or a downlink information forwarding message.

结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权失败,所述第一消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权失败;所述终端设备还包括处理单元,用于根据所述第一消息,删除本地存储的以下一个或多个参数:独立的非公网络标识SNPN ID、归属网络标识SP ID或漫游组标识Roaming Group ID。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the first message is used to indicate that the authentication of the terminal device fails, and the first message includes third indication information, and the third indication information Used to indicate that the terminal device fails to access the external authentication of the V-SNPN; the terminal device further includes a processing unit, configured to delete one or more of the following parameters stored locally according to the first message: Public network identifier SNPN ID, home network identifier SP ID, or Roaming Group ID.

结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一消息为RRC释放消息。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the first message is an RRC release message.

结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述发送单元还用于向拜访网络中的接入和移动管理功能V-AMF发送初始UE消息或者上行NAS传输消息,所述初始UE消息或者上行NAS传输消息包括以下一个或多个参数:第四指示信息、第一归属网络标识SP ID、第一漫游组标识Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID和所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,其中,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the sending unit is further configured to send an initial UE message or an uplink NAS transmission message to the access and mobility management function V-AMF in the visited network, the initial The UE message or the uplink NAS transmission message includes one or more of the following parameters: fourth indication information, the first home network identifier SP ID, the first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, a plurality of externally authenticated identifiers supported by the terminal device SP ID and multiple Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device that can be externally authenticated, wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device successfully accesses the V-SNPN for external authentication, and the first The SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the available home network SP of the V-SNPN.

第六方面,提供了一种无线接入网设备,所述无线接入网设备既是拜访独立的非公网络V-SNPN的无线接入网设备也是归属网络的无线接入网设备,包括:接收单元,用于接收终端设备发送的接入消息,所述接入消息包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于告知所述无线接入网设备所述终端设备通过归属网络鉴权接入所述V-SNPN;处理单元,用于根据所述第一信息,选择接入和移动管理功能AMF,选择的所述AMF为拜访独立的非公网络中的V-AMF或者归属网络的H-AMF;所述接收单元还用于接收H-AMF发送的第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权成功或失败;发送单元,用于根据所述第一消息,向所述终端设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息用于告知所述终端设备鉴权成功或失败。In a sixth aspect, a wireless access network device is provided, the wireless access network device is both a wireless access network device visiting an independent non-public network V-SNPN and a wireless access network device of a home network, including: receiving a unit, configured to receive an access message sent by a terminal device, where the access message includes first information, and the first information is used to inform the wireless access network device that the terminal device accesses the wireless access network through home network authentication. the V-SNPN; the processing unit is configured to select the access and mobility management function AMF according to the first information, and the selected AMF is the V-AMF in the visited independent non-public network or the H-AMF of the home network ; The receiving unit is also used to receive the first message sent by the H-AMF, and the first message is used to indicate that the authentication of the terminal equipment succeeds or fails; the sending unit is used to, according to the first message, to The terminal device sends a second message, where the second message is used to inform the terminal device that authentication succeeds or fails.

结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一信息包括以下一个或多个参数:独立的非公网络标识SNPN ID、归属网络标识SP ID、漫游组标识Roaming Group ID或第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述SNPN ID、所述SP ID或所述Roaming Group ID;或者,所述第一信息包括SNPN ID和所述终端设备需要进行鉴权的网络的优先级信息。In conjunction with the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the first information includes one or more of the following parameters: independent non-public network identifier SNPN ID, home network identifier SP ID, roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID Or the first indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate the SNPN ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID; or, the first information includes the SNPN ID and the terminal device needs to be authenticated network priority information.

结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述处理单元具体用于:当所述第一信息只包括所述SNPN ID时,选择拜访网络独立的非公网络V-SNPN中的接入和移动管理功能V-AMF;或者,当所述第一信息包括所述SNPN ID和所述SP ID以及所述Roaming Group ID中的至少一个参数时,选择归属网络中的接入和移动管理功能H-AMF;或者,当所述第一信息包括所述SP ID和所述Roaming Group ID中的至少一个参数时,选择归属网络中的接入和移动管理功能H-AMF;或者,当所述第一信息包括独立的非公网络标识和所述终端设备需要进行鉴权的网络的优先级信息,根据V-AMF和H-AMF所支持的网络的优先级信息,选择接入和移动管理功能。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the processing unit is specifically configured to: when the first information only includes the SNPN ID, select a non-public network V-SNPN independent of the visited network The access and mobility management function V-AMF; or, when the first information includes the SNPN ID and the SP ID and at least one parameter in the Roaming Group ID, select the access and mobility in the home network and mobility management function H-AMF; or, when the first information includes at least one parameter in the SP ID and the Roaming Group ID, select the access and mobility management function H-AMF in the home network; or, When the first information includes the independent non-public network identifier and the priority information of the network to be authenticated by the terminal device, according to the priority information of the network supported by the V-AMF and the H-AMF, select access and Mobile management functions.

结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,在所述选择拜访网络独立的非公网络V-SNPN中的接入和移动管理功能V-AMF后,所述接收单元还用于接收所述V-AMF发送的第三消息,所示第三消息用于指示所述无线接入网设备重新选择所述H-AMF;所述处理单元还用于根据所述第三消息,选择所述H-AMF。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, after selecting the access and mobility management function V-AMF in the non-public network V-SNPN independent of the visited network, the receiving unit is further configured to: Receive a third message sent by the V-AMF, where the third message is used to instruct the wireless access network device to reselect the H-AMF; the processing unit is further configured to select the H-AMF according to the third message The H-AMF.

结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权成功,所述第一消息包括以下一个或多个参数:第二指示信息、第一归属网络标识SP ID、第一漫游组标识Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID和所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,其中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the first message is used to indicate that the terminal device is authenticated successfully, and the first message includes one or more of the following parameters: second indication information , the first home network identification SP ID, the first roaming group identification Roaming Group ID, a plurality of externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device and a plurality of externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device , wherein the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN. The home network SP available to the V-SNPN.

结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一消息还包括所述终端设备的上下文信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the first message further includes context information of the terminal device.

结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一消息为初始上下文建立请求或下行NAS传输消息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the first message is an initial context establishment request or a downlink NAS transmission message.

结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二消息用于告知所述终端设备鉴权成功,所述第二消息包括以下一个或多个参数:第二指示信息、第一归属网络标识SP ID、第一漫游组标识Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID和所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,其中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the second message is used to inform the terminal device that the authentication is successful, and the second message includes one or more of the following parameters: second indication information, the first home network identifier SP ID, the first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device and multiple externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device, Wherein, the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN Home network SP available for the V-SNPN.

结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二消息还包括所述终端设备的上下文信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the second message further includes context information of the terminal device.

结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二消息为RRC重配置消息或者下行信息转发消息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the second message is an RRC reconfiguration message or a downlink information forwarding message.

结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权失败;所述第一消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备 访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权失败;所述处理单元还用于根据所述第一消息,释放与所述终端设备的连接。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the first message is used to indicate that the authentication of the terminal device fails; the first message includes third indication information, and the third indication information It is used to indicate that the terminal device fails to access the external authentication of the V-SNPN; the processing unit is further configured to release the connection with the terminal device according to the first message.

结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二消息用于告知所述终端设备鉴权失败,所述第二消息包括所述第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权失败。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the second message is used to inform the terminal device that authentication fails, the second message includes the third indication information, and the third indication The information is used to indicate that the terminal device fails to access the external authentication of the V-SNPN.

结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述鉴权失败的消息为RRC释放消息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the authentication failure message is an RRC release message.

结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述发送单元还用于:向V-AMF发送初始UE消息或者上行NAS传输消息,所述初始UE消息或者上行NAS传输消息包括以下一个或多个参数:第四指示信息、第一归属网络标识SP ID、第一漫游组标识Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID和所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,其中,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the sending unit is further configured to: send an initial UE message or an uplink NAS transmission message to the V-AMF, where the initial UE message or uplink NAS transmission message includes the following One or more parameters: fourth indication information, first home network identification SP ID, first roaming group identification Roaming Group ID, multiple SP IDs supported by the terminal device that can be externally authenticated, and multiple SP IDs supported by the terminal device. Multiple Roaming Group IDs that can be authenticated externally, wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN externally authenticated successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group The ID is used to instruct the terminal device to access the home network SP available for the V-SNPN.

结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述初始UE消息或者上行NAS传输消息还包括所述终端设备的上下文信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the initial UE message or the uplink NAS transmission message further includes context information of the terminal device.

结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,在所述接收终端设备发送的接入消息之前,所述接收单元还用于:接收所述V-AMF和/或所述H-AMF发送的NG建立请求响应消息或RAN配置更新响应消息,所述NG建立请求响应消息或所述RAN配置更新响应消息包括:With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, before the receiving the access message sent by the terminal device, the receiving unit is further configured to: receive the V-AMF and/or the H-AMF The NG setup request response message or the RAN configuration update response message sent by the AMF, the NG setup request response message or the RAN configuration update response message includes:

所述SNPN ID和第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示所述SNPN ID所标识的SNPN是否支持通过外部鉴权访问;或者,所述SNPN ID和以下一个或多个参数:所述SP ID、或所述Roaming Group ID,所述SP ID、或所述Roaming Group ID指示通过SP ID或Roaming Group ID所对应的网络进行外部鉴权可访问SNPN ID所标识的SNPN;或者,以下一个或多个参数:SP ID、或Roaming Group ID,所述SP ID、或所述Roaming Group ID指示所述V-AMF和/或H-AMF所支持的SP ID或Roaming Group ID;或者,所述SNPN ID、所述SP ID和所述Roaming Group ID中的任一个或多个参数的优先级信息。The SNPN ID and fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate whether the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID supports access through external authentication; or, the SNPN ID and one or more of the following parameters: The SP ID or the Roaming Group ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID indicate that the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID can be accessed by performing external authentication through the network corresponding to the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID; or, the following One or more parameters: SP ID, or Roaming Group ID, the SP ID, or the Roaming Group ID indicates the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by the V-AMF and/or H-AMF; or, all The priority information of any one or more parameters in the SNPN ID, the SP ID and the Roaming Group ID.

结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述发送单元还用于:向所述V-AMF和/或所述H-AMF发送的NG建立请求消息或RAN配置更新消息,所述NG建立请求消息或所述RAN配置更新消息包括:SNPN ID和第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示所述SNPN ID所标识的SNPN是否支持通过外部鉴权访问;或者,SNPN ID和以下一个或多个参数:SP ID或Roaming Group ID,所述SP ID或所述Roaming Group ID指示通过SP ID或Roaming Group ID所对应的网络进行外部鉴权可访问SNPN ID所标识的SNPN;或者,以下一个或多个参数:SP ID或Roaming Group ID,所述SP ID、或所述Roaming Group ID指示所述V-AMF和/或H-AMF所支持的SP ID或Roaming Group ID。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the sending unit is further configured to: send an NG setup request message or a RAN configuration update message to the V-AMF and/or the H-AMF, The NG setup request message or the RAN configuration update message includes: an SNPN ID and fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate whether the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID supports access through external authentication; or, SNPN ID and one or more of the following parameters: SP ID or Roaming Group ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID indicates that the network identified by the SP ID or Roaming Group ID can be accessed through external authentication through the network corresponding to the SP ID or Roaming Group ID. SNPN; or, one or more of the following parameters: SP ID or Roaming Group ID, which indicates the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by the V-AMF and/or H-AMF .

第七方面,提供了一种接入和移动管理功能AMF,所述AMF为拜访独立的非公网络V-SNPN的V-AMF,包括:处理单元,用于确定所述终端设备需要进行外部鉴权;发送单元,用于向无线接入网设备发送初始上下文建立请求消息或错误指示消息,所述初始上下文建立请求消息或所述错误指示消息包括以下一个或多个参数:原因值、选择的 V-SNPN ID所支持的外部鉴权的SP IDs、或选择的V-SNPN ID所支持的外部鉴权的Roaming Group IDs,其中所述原因值指示所述终端设备请求接入的V-SNPN需要外部鉴权,selected V-SNPN ID所支持的外部鉴权的SP IDs或Roaming Group IDs用于指示重新定向的H-AMF所支持的SP IDs或Roaming Group IDs。A seventh aspect provides an access and mobility management function AMF, the AMF is a V-AMF that visits an independent non-public network V-SNPN, comprising: a processing unit for determining that the terminal device needs to perform external authentication a sending unit, configured to send an initial context establishment request message or an error indication message to the wireless access network device, where the initial context establishment request message or the error indication message includes one or more of the following parameters: cause value, selected The externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the V-SNPN ID, or the externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the selected V-SNPN ID, wherein the cause value indicates that the V-SNPN requested by the terminal device requires access External authentication, the externally authenticated SP IDs or Roaming Group IDs supported by the selected V-SNPN ID are used to indicate the SP IDs or Roaming Group IDs supported by the redirected H-AMF.

结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,在确定所述终端设备需要进行外部鉴权之前,所述方法还包括:与归属网络或者操作管理和维护系统OAM交互,获得所述H-AMF所支持的SP或Roaming Group。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, before determining that the terminal device needs to perform external authentication, the method further includes: interacting with a home network or an operation management and maintenance system OAM to obtain the SP or Roaming Group supported by H-AMF.

结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,所述AMF还包括接收单元,用于接收无线接入网设备发送的初始UE消息或者上行NAS传输消息,所述初始UE消息或者上行NAS传输消息包括以下一个或多个参数:第四指示信息、第一归属网络标识SP ID、第一漫游组标识Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID和所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,其中,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和/或所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, the AMF further includes a receiving unit configured to receive an initial UE message or an uplink NAS transmission message sent by a radio access network device, the initial UE message or uplink NAS transmission message. The NAS transmission message includes one or more of the following parameters: fourth indication information, the first home network identifier SP ID, the first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device, and all Multiple Roaming Group IDs that can be authenticated externally supported by the terminal device, wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN externally authenticated successfully, and the first SP ID and/or Or the first Roaming Group ID is used to instruct the terminal device to access the available home network SP of the V-SNPN.

结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,所述初始UE消息或者上行NAS传输消息还包括所述终端设备的上下文信息。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementation manners of the seventh aspect, the initial UE message or the uplink NAS transmission message further includes context information of the terminal device.

第八方面,提供了一种接入和移动管理功能AMF,所述AMF为归属网络中的H-AMF,包括:处理单元,用于对终端设备进行鉴权;发送单元,用于向无线接入网设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权成功或者失败。In an eighth aspect, an access and mobility management function AMF is provided, the AMF is an H-AMF in a home network, and includes: a processing unit for authenticating terminal equipment; a sending unit for sending wireless access The network access device sends a first message, where the first message is used to indicate whether the authentication of the terminal device succeeds or fails.

结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一消息包括以下一个或多个参数:第二指示信息、第一归属网络标识SP ID、第一漫游组标识Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID和所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,其中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementations of the eighth aspect, the first message includes one or more of the following parameters: second indication information, first home network identifier SP ID, first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID , multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device and multiple externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device, wherein the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses The external authentication of the V-SNPN is successful, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the available home network SP of the V-SNPN.

结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一消息还包括所述终端设备的上下文信息。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementation manners of the eighth aspect, the first message further includes context information of the terminal device.

结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,所述鉴权成功的消息为初始上下文建立请求或下行NAS传输消息。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementation manners of the eighth aspect, the authentication success message is an initial context establishment request or a downlink NAS transmission message.

结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权失败。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementations of the eighth aspect, the first message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device fails to access the V-SNPN external authentication .

第九方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括处理器,所述处理器与存储器相连,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得所述装置执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法,或者第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法,或者第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法,或者第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided, comprising a processor, the processor is connected to a memory, the memory is used for storing a computer program, and the processor is used for executing the computer program stored in the memory, so that all The apparatus performs the above-mentioned first aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect, or the second aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect, or the third aspect or any possible implementation manner of the third aspect A method in an implementation manner of the fourth aspect, or a method in the fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.

第十方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,当所述计算机程序被运行时,实现上述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法,或者第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法,或者第三方面或第 三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法,或者第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。A tenth aspect provides a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed, the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect is implemented or the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect, or the third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect, or the fourth or any possible implementation of the fourth aspect methods in possible implementations.

第十一方面,提供了一种芯片,其特征在于,包括处理器和接口;所述处理器用于读取指令以执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法,或者第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法,或者第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法,或者第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a chip is provided, characterized in that it includes a processor and an interface; the processor is configured to read an instruction to execute the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect, or The second aspect or the method in any possible implementation of the second aspect, or the third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect, or the fourth aspect or any possible implementation of the fourth aspect Methods.

可选地,所述芯片还可以包括存储器,所述存储器中存储有指令,处理器用于执行存储器中存储的指令或源于其他的指令。Optionally, the chip may further include a memory in which instructions are stored, and the processor is configured to execute the instructions stored in the memory or other instructions.

第十二方面,提供了一种通信系统,所述系统包括具有实现上述第一方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置、具有实现上述第二方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置、具有实现上述第三方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置和具有实现上述第四方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置。A twelfth aspect provides a communication system, the system includes a device having functions for implementing the methods and various possible designs of the above-mentioned first aspect, and a device having functions for implementing the various methods and various possible designs of the above-mentioned second aspect A functional apparatus, an apparatus having functions for implementing the methods and various possible designs of the above-mentioned third aspect, and an apparatus having functions for implementing various methods and various possible designs of the above-mentioned fourth aspect.

附图说明Description of drawings

图1是本申请实施例的一种应用场景的示意图;1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application;

图2是本申请实施例的一种应用场景的示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application;

图3是本申请实施例的一种应用场景的示意图;3 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application;

图4是本申请实施例的一种通信方法的示意性流程图;4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application;

图5是本申请实施例的一种通信方法的示意性流程图;FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application;

图6是本申请实施例的一种通信方法的示意性流程图;6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application;

图7示出了本申请实施例的通信装置的示意性框图;FIG. 7 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application;

图8为本申请提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by the present application;

图9为本申请实施例提供的一种无线接入网设备的结构示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless access network device according to an embodiment of the present application.

具体实施方式detailed description

下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.

本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通信(global system for mobile communications,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR),此外,还可以适用于使用后续的演进系统,如第六代6G通信系统、甚至更高级的第七代7G通信系统等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, for example: global system for mobile communications (GSM) system, code division multiple access (CDMA) system, wideband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE Time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, 5th generation (5G) system or new radio (NR), in addition, it can also be applied to use subsequent evolution systems, such as the sixth-generation 6G communication system, or even the more advanced seventh-generation 7G communication system.

本申请实施例中的终端设备也可以称为:用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、 用户代理或用户装置等。The terminal equipment in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as: user equipment (user equipment, UE), mobile station (mobile station, MS), mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, Mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user equipment, etc.

终端设备可以是无线终端也可以是有线终端,无线终端可以是指向用户提供语音和/或其他业务数据连通性的设备,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备。无线终端可以经无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)与一个或多个核心网进行通信,无线终端可以是移动终端,如移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)和具有移动终端的计算机,例如,可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置,它们与无线接入网交换语言和/或数据。例如,个人通信业务(Personal Communication Service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(Session Initiation Protocol,SIP)话机、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)等设备。无线终端也可以称为系统、订户单元(Subscriber Unit)、订户站(Subscriber Station),移动站(Mobile Station)、移动台(Mobile)、远程站(Remote Station)、远程终端(Remote Terminal)、接入终端(Access Terminal)、用户终端(User Terminal)、用户代理(User Agent)、用户设备(User Device or User Equipment),移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、车载设备、可穿戴设备,5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal device can be a wireless terminal or a wired terminal, and the wireless terminal can be a device that provides voice and/or other service data connectivity to the user, a handheld device with wireless connection function, or other processing device connected to a wireless modem. A wireless terminal may communicate with one or more core networks via a Radio Access Network (RAN), and the wireless terminal may be a mobile terminal such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) and a computer with a mobile terminal Mobile devices, which may be portable, pocket-sized, hand-held, computer-embedded, or vehicle-mounted, for example, exchange language and/or data with the wireless access network. For example, Personal Communication Service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phones, Wireless Local Loop (WLL) stations, Personal Digital Assistants (Personal Digital Assistants), PDA) and other devices. A wireless terminal may also be referred to as a system, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a connection Access Terminal, User Terminal, User Agent, User Device or User Equipment, mobile internet device (MID), wearable device, virtual reality (virtual reality) reality, VR) equipment, augmented reality (AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery , wireless terminal in smart grid, wireless terminal in transportation safety, wireless terminal in smart city, wireless terminal in smart home, in-vehicle equipment, wearable equipment, terminal equipment in a 5G network, or terminal equipment in a future evolved public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN), etc., which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in the embodiments of this application, a wearable device may also be referred to as a wearable smart device, which is a general term for intelligently designing daily wearable devices and developing wearable devices using wearable technology, such as glasses, Gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.

此外,在本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以是物联网(internet of things,IoT)系统中的终端设备,IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。In addition, in the embodiments of the present application, the terminal device may also be a terminal device in an Internet of Things (IoT) system. IoT is an important part of the future development of information technology, and its main technical feature is that items pass through communication technology Connect with the network, so as to realize the intelligent network of human-machine interconnection and interconnection of things.

而如上介绍的各种终端设备,如果位于车辆上(例如放置在车辆内或安装在车辆内),都可以认为是车载终端设备,车载终端设备例如也称为车载单元(on-board unit,OBU)。The various terminal devices described above, if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed in the vehicle or installed in the vehicle), can be considered as on-board terminal equipment. For example, the on-board terminal equipment is also called on-board unit (OBU). ).

本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以包括中继(relay)。或者理解为,能够与基站进行数据通信的都可以看作终端设备。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may further include a relay (relay). Alternatively, it can be understood that any device capable of data communication with the base station can be regarded as a terminal device.

本申请实施例中的无线接入网设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备,可以是基站,或者接入点,或者网络设备,或者可以是指接入网中在空中接口上通过一个或多个扇区与无线终端通信的设备。网络设备可用于将收到的空中帧与IP分组进行相互转换,作为无线终端与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器,其中接入网的其余部分可包括网际协议(IP)网络。网络设备还可协调对空中接口的属性管理。例如,无线接入网设备可以是全球移动 通讯(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)或码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)中的基站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS),也可以是宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)中的基站(NodeB,NB),也可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者该接入设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及5G网络中的接入设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等,可以是WLAN中的接入点(access point,AP),可以是新型无线系统(new radio,NR)系统中的gNB本申请实施例并不限定。需要说明的是,对于5G系统,在一个基站下,可能存在一个或多个发送接收点(Transmission Reception Point,TRP),所有的TRP属于同一个小区,其中,每个TRP和终端都可以使用本申请实施例所述的测量上报方法。在另一种场景下,网络设备还可以分为控制单元(Control Unit,CU)和数据单元(Data Unit,DU),在一个CU下,可以存在多个DU,其中,每个DU和终端都可以使用本申请实施例所述的测量上报方法。CU-DU分离场景和多TRP场景的区别在于,TRP只是一个射频单元或一个天线设备,而DU中可以实现协议栈功能,例如DU中可以实现物理层功能。The wireless access network device in this embodiment of the present application may be a device used for communicating with terminal devices, may be a base station, an access point, or a network device, or may refer to an access network that communicates with a terminal device through an air interface or a network device. A device in which multiple sectors communicate with wireless terminals. The network equipment may be used to interconvert received air frames and IP packets, acting as a router between the wireless terminal and the rest of the access network, which may include an Internet Protocol (IP) network. The network devices may also coordinate attribute management for the air interface. For example, the radio access network equipment may be a base station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) or Code Division Multiple Access (Code Division Multiple Access, CDMA), or a wideband code A base station (NodeB, NB) in Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), an evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNB or eNodeB) in an LTE system, or a cloud wireless access network (cloud The wireless controller in the radio access network, CRAN) scenario, or the access device can be a relay station, an access point, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, an access device in a 5G network, or a network device in a future evolved PLMN network etc., it may be an access point (access point, AP) in a WLAN, or it may be a gNB in a new radio system (new radio, NR) system. This embodiment of the present application is not limited. It should be noted that, for the 5G system, under a base station, there may be one or more Transmission Reception Points (TRPs), all TRPs belong to the same cell, and each TRP and terminal can use this The measurement reporting method described in the application embodiment is provided. In another scenario, the network device may also be divided into a control unit (Control Unit, CU) and a data unit (Data Unit, DU). Under one CU, there may be multiple DUs, where each DU and the terminal are The measurement reporting method described in the embodiments of the present application may be used. The difference between the CU-DU separation scenario and the multi-TRP scenario is that the TRP is just a radio unit or an antenna device, while the protocol stack function can be implemented in the DU, for example, the physical layer function can be implemented in the DU.

另外,在本申请实施例中,无线接入网设备是接入网(radio access network,RAN)中的设备,或者说,是将终端设备接入到无线网络的RAN节点。例如,作为示例而非限定,作为无线接入网设备,可以列举:gNB、传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU),或无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wifi)接入点(access point,AP)等。In addition, in the embodiments of the present application, the radio access network device is a device in an access network (radio access network, RAN), or in other words, a RAN node that accesses a terminal device to a wireless network. For example, as an example and not a limitation, as a radio access network device, there can be listed: gNB, transmission reception point (TRP), evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network) controller, RNC), Node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), base band unit (base band unit, BBU), or wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, Wifi) access point (access point, AP), etc.

无线接入网设备为小区提供服务,终端设备通过该小区使用的传输资源(例如,频域资源,或者说,频谱资源)与无线接入网设备进行通信,该小区可以是无线接入网设备(例如基站)对应的小区,小区可以属于宏基站,也可以属于小小区(small cell)对应的基站,这里的小小区可以包括:城市小区(metro cell)、微小区(micro cell)、微微小区(pico cell)、毫微微小区(femto cell)等,这些小小区具有覆盖范围小、发射功率低的特点,适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。The radio access network device provides services for the cell, and the terminal device communicates with the radio access network device through the transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell, and the cell may be a radio access network device A cell corresponding to a cell (such as a base station), the cell may belong to a macro base station, or it may belong to a base station corresponding to a small cell. The small cell here may include: urban cell (metro cell), micro cell (micro cell), pico cell (pico cell), femto cell (femto cell), etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.

下面对本申请实施例的一种应用场景进行介绍,图1示出了本申请实施例的一种应用场景100的示意图。An application scenario of an embodiment of the present application is introduced below. FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario 100 of an embodiment of the present application.

如图1所示,该通信系统100主要包括终端设备(User Equipment,UE)101、接入网(Access Network,AN)设备102、接入与移动性管理功能(Access and Mobility Management Function,AMF)实体103、会话管理功能(Session Management Function,SMF)实体104、用户面功能(User Plane Function,UPF)实体105、拜访网络的策略控制功能(Policy Control function,vPCF)实体106、统一数据管理(Unified Data Management,UDM)实体107、数据网络(Data Network,DN)108、应用功能(Application Function,AF)实体109、鉴权服务器功能(Authentication Server Function,AUSF)实体110、网络切片选择功能(Network Slice Selection Function,NSSF)实体111、归属网络的策略控制 功能(Policy Control function,hPCF)实体112。As shown in FIG. 1 , the communication system 100 mainly includes a terminal device (User Equipment, UE) 101, an access network (Access Network, AN) device 102, an access and mobility management function (Access and Mobility Management Function, AMF) entity 103, session management function (Session Management Function, SMF) entity 104, user plane function (User Plane Function, UPF) entity 105, policy control function (Policy Control function, vPCF) entity 106 of the visited network, unified data management (Unified Data Management, UDM) entity 107, data network (Data Network, DN) 108, application function (Application Function, AF) entity 109, authentication server function (Authentication Server Function, AUSF) entity 110, network slice selection function (Network Slice) Selection Function, NSSF) entity 111, and a policy control function (Policy Control function, hPCF) entity 112 of the home network.

在通信系统100中,UDM实体107是核心网中的签约数据库,存储用户在5G网络中的签约数据,负责用户的鉴权认证相关的功能,具体有:鉴权凭据处理、用户身份处理、签约信息管理、接入授权等。AMF实体103提供核心网中的移动性管理功能,主要负责接入和移动性控制,包括注册管理(registration management,RM)和连接管理(connection management,CM)、接入鉴权和接入授权、可达性管理和移动性管理等。SMF实体104是核心网中的会话管理功能,AMF实体103在对UE 101进行移动性管理之外,还负责将从会话管理相关消息在UE 101和SMF实体104之间的转发。PCF实体106是核心网中的策略管理功能,负责制定对UE 101的移动性管理、会话管理、计费等相关的策略。UPF实体105是核心网中的用户面功能,通过N6接口与外部数据网络进行数据传输,通过N3接口与AN设备102进行数据传输,主要提供用户面支持,包括PDU会话和数据网络的连接点、数据包路由和转发、数据包检测和用户面策略执行、为用户面处理QoS、下行数据包缓存和下行数据通知的触发等。UE 101通过Uu口接入5G网络后,在SMF实体104的控制下记录UE 101到UPF实体105的协议数据单元(Protocol Data Unit,PDU)会话数据连接,从而进行数据传输。AMF实体103和SMF实体104分别通过N8和N10接口从UDM实体107获取用户签约数据,通过N15和N7接口从PCF实体106获取策略数据。AUSF110主要负责提供安全相关的功能,如:鉴权,认证等。In the communication system 100, the UDM entity 107 is the subscription database in the core network, stores the subscription data of the user in the 5G network, and is responsible for the user's authentication and authentication related functions, specifically: authentication credential processing, user identity processing, subscription Information management, access authorization, etc. The AMF entity 103 provides mobility management functions in the core network and is mainly responsible for access and mobility control, including registration management (RM) and connection management (CM), access authentication and access authorization, Reachability management and mobility management, etc. The SMF entity 104 is a session management function in the core network, and the AMF entity 103 is responsible for forwarding the relevant messages from the session management between the UE 101 and the SMF entity 104 in addition to the mobility management for the UE 101. The PCF entity 106 is a policy management function in the core network, and is responsible for formulating policies related to mobility management, session management, and charging of the UE 101. The UPF entity 105 is the user plane function in the core network. It performs data transmission with the external data network through the N6 interface, and performs data transmission with the AN device 102 through the N3 interface. It mainly provides user plane support, including PDU sessions and data network connection points, Packet routing and forwarding, packet inspection and user plane policy enforcement, handling of QoS for the user plane, downlink packet buffering and triggering of downlink data notifications, etc. After the UE 101 accesses the 5G network through the Uu port, it records the protocol data unit (Protocol Data Unit, PDU) session data connection from the UE 101 to the UPF entity 105 under the control of the SMF entity 104, so as to perform data transmission. The AMF entity 103 and the SMF entity 104 obtain user subscription data from the UDM entity 107 through the N8 and N10 interfaces, respectively, and obtain policy data from the PCF entity 106 through the N15 and N7 interfaces. AUSF110 is mainly responsible for providing security-related functions, such as: authentication, authentication, etc.

在通信系统100中,UE 101通过Uu接口与AN设备102进行接入层连接,以交互接入层消息及无线数据传输,UE 101通过N1接口与AMF实体103进行非接入层(Non-Access Stratum,NAS)连接,以交互NAS消息;AN设备102通过N2接口与AMF实体103连接,以及AN设备102通过N3接口与UPF实体105连接;多个UPF实体105之间通过N9接口连接,UPF实体105通过N6接口与DN 108连接,同时,UPF实体105通过N4接口与SMF实体104连接;SMF实体104通过N7接口与PCF实体106连接,SMF实体104通过N10接口与UDM实体107连接,SMF实体104通过N4接口控制UPF实体105,同时,SMF实体104通过N11接口与AMF实体103连接;多个AMF实体103之间通过N14接口连接,AMF实体103通过N8接口与UDM实体107连接,AMF实体103通过N12接口与AUSF实体110连接,AMF实体103通过N22接口与NSSF实体111连接,同时,AMF实体103通过N15接口与PCF实体106连接;PCF实体106通过N5接口与AF实体109连接;AUSF实体110通过N13接口与UDM实体107连接;拜访网络的策略控制功能(Policy Control function,vPCF)实体106通过N24接口与归属网络的策略控制功能(Policy Control function,hPCF)实体112连接,其中,接入网(Access Network,AN)设备102、AMF实体103、SMF实体104、UPF实体105、vPCF 106、DN108、AF实体109、NSSF实体111为终端设备UE101所接入的拜访网络的网元,拜访网络为SNPN网络;UDM实体107、AUSF实体110和hPCF实体112为终端设备UE101归属网络的网元,归属网络为SNPN网络或PLMN网络。In the communication system 100, the UE 101 performs an access stratum connection with the AN device 102 through the Uu interface to exchange access stratum messages and wireless data transmission, and the UE 101 communicates with the AMF entity 103 through the N1 interface for non-access stratum (Non-Access stratum (Non-Access stratum)). Stratum, NAS) connection to exchange NAS messages; AN device 102 is connected to AMF entity 103 through N2 interface, and AN device 102 is connected to UPF entity 105 through N3 interface; multiple UPF entities 105 are connected through N9 interface, UPF entity 105 is connected with DN 108 through N6 interface, and at the same time, UPF entity 105 is connected with SMF entity 104 through N4 interface; SMF entity 104 is connected with PCF entity 106 through N7 interface, SMF entity 104 is connected with UDM entity 107 through N10 interface, SMF entity 104 The UPF entity 105 is controlled through the N4 interface, and at the same time, the SMF entity 104 is connected to the AMF entity 103 through the N11 interface; multiple AMF entities 103 are connected through the N14 interface, the AMF entity 103 is connected to the UDM entity 107 through the N8 interface, and the AMF entity 103 is connected through the N8 interface. The N12 interface is connected to the AUSF entity 110, the AMF entity 103 is connected to the NSSF entity 111 through the N22 interface, and at the same time, the AMF entity 103 is connected to the PCF entity 106 through the N15 interface; the PCF entity 106 is connected to the AF entity 109 through the N5 interface; The N13 interface is connected to the UDM entity 107; the policy control function (Policy Control function, vPCF) entity 106 of the visited network is connected to the policy control function (Policy Control function, hPCF) entity 112 of the home network through the N24 interface, wherein the access network ( Access Network, AN) device 102, AMF entity 103, SMF entity 104, UPF entity 105, vPCF 106, DN108, AF entity 109, NSSF entity 111 are the network elements of the visited network accessed by the terminal device UE101, and the visited network is SNPN Network: The UDM entity 107, the AUSF entity 110 and the hPCF entity 112 are network elements of the home network of the terminal device UE101, and the home network is the SNPN network or the PLMN network.

为了更清楚的理解本申请,下面介绍一下SNPN网络。In order to understand this application more clearly, the SNPN network is introduced below.

非公网络(non-public networks,NPN)是3GPP R16标准中引入的一种网络,其区别于传统蜂窝网络,NPN网路只允许某些具有特定权限的用户接入。3GPP定义了两种NPN部署模式:独立组网(Stand-alone non-public networks,SNPN)和非独立组网 (non-stand-alone NPN)两种组网方式,非独立组网的NPN网络也称为公共网络集成的NPN网络(Public Network Integrated NPN,PNI-NPN)。Non-public networks (NPN) is a network introduced in the 3GPP R16 standard. Different from traditional cellular networks, NPN networks only allow certain users with specific permissions to access. 3GPP defines two NPN deployment modes: Stand-alone non-public networks (SNPN) and non-stand-alone NPN (non-stand-alone NPN). Non-stand-alone NPN networks are also It is called Public Network Integrated NPN (Public Network Integrated NPN, PNI-NPN).

如图2所示,NPN独立组网中,SNPN网络和公共陆地移动网络PLMN网络拥有独立的核心网,SNPN可以有独立的RAN,也可以与PLMN共享RAN。独立组网中,由公共陆地移动网络(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN ID)和网络标识(Network identifier,NID)来标识一个SNPN网络,其中PLMN ID为由政府或它所批准的经营者,为公众提供陆地移动通信业务目的而建立和经营的网络标识。PLMN移动设备国家代码(Mobile Country Code,MCC部分)为特定值或者部署该SNPN的移动运营商的PLMN ID;NID可以由全球统一分配或本地分配得到。一个SNPN的RAN节点的小区可以广播以下参数:一个或多个PLMN ID以及每个PLMN ID对应的一个或多个NID列表;用户设备可读网络名称(human-readable name),以支持用户手动选网;禁止其他不支持SNPN的UE接入的指示。As shown in Figure 2, in the NPN independent networking, the SNPN network and the public land mobile network PLMN network have independent core networks, and the SNPN can have an independent RAN or share the RAN with the PLMN. In an independent network, a SNPN network is identified by a public land mobile network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN ID) and a network identifier (NID), where the PLMN ID is the operator approved by the government or it, which is the public A network identity established and operated for the purpose of providing land mobile communication services. The PLMN mobile device country code (Mobile Country Code, MCC part) is a specific value or the PLMN ID of the mobile operator that deploys the SNPN; the NID can be allocated globally or locally. A cell of a RAN node of an SNPN can broadcast the following parameters: one or more PLMN IDs and one or more NID lists corresponding to each PLMN ID; a user-readable network name (human-readable name) to support manual selection by the user. network; an indication that other UEs that do not support SNPN are prohibited from accessing.

公共网络集成的NPN网络(Public Network Integrated NPN,PNI-NPN)中,NPN和PLMN共用核心网和/或接入网,NPN依赖于PLMN进行部署,可用PLMN ID来标识PNI-NPN网络。NPN可以是PLMN中的一个特定切片,UE拥有PLMN的签约数据,根据移动运营商与NPN服务商的协议,该NPN可以仅部署在某些跟踪区(Tracking Area,TA)的范围内。当UE移出该范围时,网络可能指示UE不能在新的注册区域继续使用当前的切片资源。In a public network integrated NPN network (Public Network Integrated NPN, PNI-NPN), the NPN and the PLMN share the core network and/or access network, and the NPN relies on the PLMN for deployment, and the PLMN ID can be used to identify the PNI-NPN network. The NPN can be a specific slice in the PLMN, and the UE has the subscription data of the PLMN. According to the agreement between the mobile operator and the NPN service provider, the NPN can only be deployed in the range of certain tracking areas (Tracking Area, TA). When the UE moves out of this range, the network may indicate that the UE cannot continue to use the current slice resources in the new registration area.

为了阻止非授权的UE接入PNI-NPN小区,定义了封闭访问组CAG(Closed Access Group)的概念,一个CAG就代表了一组可以接入某个CAG小区(PNI-NPN小区)的用户。它由一个CAG ID来表示,在一个PLMN中唯一。非独立组网中,PNI-NPN网络可以是在公网的支持下部署的,PNI-NPN的小区不仅要广播小区标识,还要广播封闭接入组标识(closed access group identifier,CAG ID),CAG ID用以标识允许接入该CAG关联的一个或多个小区的一组用户,防止不允许通过CAG关联的小区接入PNI-NPN的终端设备自动选择和接入该小区。一个PNI-NPN小区可以广播一个或多个CAG标识;还可以广播CAG标识对应的用户可读网络名称(Human-readable network name,HRNN)供用户手动选择。为了便于叙述,本申请将PLMN ID、CAG ID都视为PNI-NPN网络的网络标识信息。In order to prevent unauthorized UEs from accessing PNI-NPN cells, the concept of Closed Access Group (CAG) is defined. A CAG represents a group of users who can access a CAG cell (PNI-NPN cell). It is represented by a CAG ID and is unique within a PLMN. In the non-independent networking, the PNI-NPN network can be deployed with the support of the public network. The cell of the PNI-NPN not only broadcasts the cell identifier, but also broadcasts the closed access group identifier (CAG ID), The CAG ID is used to identify a group of users who are allowed to access one or more cells associated with the CAG, preventing terminal equipment that is not allowed to access the PNI-NPN through the cell associated with the CAG from automatically selecting and accessing the cell. A PNI-NPN cell can broadcast one or more CAG identifiers; it can also broadcast the human-readable network name (HRNN) corresponding to the CAG identifier for the user to manually select. For the convenience of description, this application regards both the PLMN ID and the CAG ID as the network identification information of the PNI-NPN network.

在3GPP R16中,SNPN拥有独立的核心网,核心网包括AMF,UPF,SMF,DUM,AUSF等完整的一套核心网网元,UE访问SNPN时,通过本SNPN的核心网网元AMF、UDM,AUSF等进行鉴权,验证UE是否有权限接入本SNPN。如图1所示,在3GPP R17中引入以下UE访问SNPN网络的方式:存在一个拜访网络(visited network),拜访网络可以为SNPN(Visited-SNPN,V-SNPN),存在另一个归属网络(home network),归属网络属于服务提供商(Service Provider,SP)部署,服务供应商可以为PLMN公网或者另一个SNPN,归属网络中至少存在UDM,AUSF网元。UE访问V-SNPN时,接入V-SNPN的AMF,AMF进而连接到SP的UDM和AUSF对UE进行鉴权,验证UE是否有权限接入。例如,终端设备为智能手机,安装了联通的卡,在该手机接入移动网络时,移动网络为拜访网络,联通网络为归属网络,该手机在接入移动的网络时需要在联通的网络中鉴权,鉴权通过后才可以接入移动网络;又例如,终端设备为车载电脑,该车载电脑的归属网络为第三方运营商构建的网络1,安装该车载电脑的汽车在使用途中,需要访问第三方运营 商构建的网络2,构建网络1的第三方运营商和构建网络2的第三方运营商不同,该车载电脑在接入网络2时,需要在网络1中进行鉴权,鉴权通过后才可以接入网络2。In 3GPP R16, SNPN has an independent core network. The core network includes a complete set of core network elements such as AMF, UPF, SMF, DUM, and AUSF. When UE accesses SNPN, it passes through the core network elements AMF and UDM of this SNPN. , AUSF, etc. to perform authentication to verify whether the UE has the right to access the SNPN. As shown in Figure 1, 3GPP R17 introduces the following methods for UE to access SNPN network: there is a visited network (visited network), the visited network can be SNPN (Visited-SNPN, V-SNPN), there is another home network (home network), the home network belongs to the service provider (Service Provider, SP) deployment, the service provider can be the PLMN public network or another SNPN, and there are at least UDM and AUSF network elements in the home network. When the UE accesses the V-SNPN, it accesses the AMF of the V-SNPN. The AMF then connects to the UDM and AUSF of the SP to authenticate the UE and verify whether the UE has access rights. For example, if the terminal device is a smart phone and a Unicom card is installed, when the mobile phone is connected to the mobile network, the mobile network is the visited network, and the Unicom network is the home network. Authentication, the mobile network can be accessed only after the authentication is passed; for another example, the terminal device is an in-vehicle computer, and the home network of the in-vehicle computer is the network 1 constructed by a third-party operator. When accessing network 2 constructed by a third-party operator, the third-party operator constructing network 1 is different from the third-party operator constructing network 2. When the on-board computer accesses network 2, it needs to be authenticated in network 1. After passing, you can access network 2.

下面介绍UE如何接入V-SNPN的无线接入网设备。The following describes how the UE accesses the radio access network equipment of the V-SNPN.

V-SNPN无线接入网设备可以广播漫游组标识(Roaming Group ID),漫游组中包含若干归属SP即若干归属网络(home network),V-SNPN与漫游组提前达成协议,使用属于该漫游组的任何一个归属SP的凭证都可以访问该V-SNPN。假设UE由归属SP配置一个或多个漫游组,归属SP是漫游组其中的一部分,UE可以选择支持UE配置的漫游组的V-SNPN。定义Roaming Group的好处是V-SNPN不需要广播属于Roaming Group的所有Home SP的标识,而只需要广播Roaming Group ID。The V-SNPN wireless access network device can broadcast the roaming group ID (Roaming Group ID). The roaming group contains several home SPs, that is, several home networks. The V-SNPN can be accessed by the credentials of any one of the home SPs. Assuming that the UE is configured with one or more roaming groups by the home SP, and the home SP is a part of the roaming group, the UE can select a V-SNPN that supports the roaming group configured by the UE. The advantage of defining a Roaming Group is that the V-SNPN does not need to broadcast the identities of all Home SPs belonging to the Roaming Group, but only needs to broadcast the Roaming Group ID.

以下是V-SNPN RAN广播和UE配置情况:The following is the V-SNPN RAN broadcast and UE configuration:

方式一:V-SNPN RAN系统信息广播其所支持的V-SNPN的SNPN ID,RAN如果是SNPN网络和PLMN网络公网共用的,RAN系统信息包SNPN ID和PLMN ID;UE本地存储(例如,UE出厂时预先配置,或者后期开户)其通过Home SP鉴权可接入的V-SNPN,其中Home SP用SP ID标识,SP ID可以为PLMN ID,或SNPN ID等,V-SNPN用SNPN ID标识,用于标识归属网络的SNPN ID不同于用于标识拜访网络的SNPN ID,如用于标识归属网络的SNPN ID为SNPN ID1,用于标识拜访网络的SNPN ID为SNPN ID2,SNPN ID可以为PLMN ID和NID组成。Method 1: The V-SNPN RAN system information broadcasts the SNPN ID of the V-SNPN it supports. If the RAN is shared by the SNPN network and the PLMN network public network, the RAN system information packs the SNPN ID and PLMN ID; the UE locally stores (for example, The UE is pre-configured when it leaves the factory, or an account is opened later) It authenticates the accessible V-SNPN through the Home SP, where the Home SP is identified by the SP ID, and the SP ID can be the PLMN ID, or the SNPN ID, etc., and the V-SNPN uses the SNPN ID Identification. The SNPN ID used to identify the home network is different from the SNPN ID used to identify the visited network. For example, the SNPN ID used to identify the home network is SNPN ID1, and the SNPN ID used to identify the visited network is SNPN ID2. The SNPN ID can be Composed of PLMN ID and NID.

UE上述存储的信息可以包含在UE本地的"等效的归属服务提供商Equivalent Home Service Provider"列表或"服务提供商控制网络Service Provider Controlled Network"列表中。UE访问网络时,首先读取V-SNPN系统信息广播的SNPN ID,并对照UE本地存储的SNPN ID和SP ID判断是否有权接入该V-SNPN,若有权便向V-SNPN发起接入,连接V-SNPN的AMF、SP的UDM、SP的AUSF进行鉴权等过程,SP ID表明UE本地存储的SNPN ID需要鉴权放入归属网络。The above-mentioned stored information of the UE may be included in the UE's local "equivalent home service provider Equivalent Home Service Provider" list or "Service Provider Controlled Network Service Provider Controlled Network" list. When the UE accesses the network, it first reads the SNPN ID broadcasted by the V-SNPN system information, and judges whether it has the right to access the V-SNPN according to the SNPN ID and SP ID stored locally by the UE, and if so, initiates an access to the V-SNPN. The SP ID indicates that the SNPN ID stored locally by the UE needs to be authenticated and put into the home network.

方式二:V-SNPN RAN系统信息广播其所支持的SNPN ID,并广播通过该SNPN可接入的归属网络的以下至少一项:Home SP ID、Roaming Group ID、或指示(Indication)信息。Mode 2: The V-SNPN RAN system information broadcasts the SNPN ID it supports, and broadcasts at least one of the following home networks that can be accessed through the SNPN: Home SP ID, Roaming Group ID, or indication (Indication) information.

UE本地存储以下至少一项:其可访问的Home SP ID、或Roaming Group ID。UE访问网络时,首先读取V-SNPN系统信息广播的SNPN ID、Home SP ID、Roaming Group ID、或指示信息,并对照UE本地存储的SP ID、或Roaming Group ID判断是否有权接入该V-SNPN,若有权便向V-SNPN发起接入,连接V-SNPN的AMF、SP的UDM、SP的AUSF进行鉴权等过程。The UE locally stores at least one of the following: its accessible Home SP ID, or Roaming Group ID. When the UE accesses the network, it first reads the SNPN ID, Home SP ID, Roaming Group ID, or indication information broadcast by the V-SNPN system information, and judges whether it has the right to access the SP ID or Roaming Group ID stored locally by the UE. The V-SNPN, if authorized, initiates access to the V-SNPN, connects to the AMF of the V-SNPN, the UDM of the SP, and the AUSF of the SP for authentication and other processes.

另外,通信系统100中还存在网络开放功能(Network Exposure Function,NEF)实体,用于与第三方应用服务器接口,在核心网节点与第三方应用之间进行信息传递。In addition, there is also a Network Exposure Function (NEF) entity in the communication system 100, which is used to interface with a third-party application server and perform information transfer between the core network node and the third-party application.

应理解,本申请中的网元之间的接口名称仅是示例性的,网元之间的接口还可以是其他名称,本申请对接口的名称不予限。It should be understood that the names of the interfaces between the network elements in this application are only exemplary, and the interfaces between the network elements may also have other names, and the names of the interfaces are not limited in this application.

应理解,图1仅为示例性架构图,除图1中所示功能单元之外,该网络架构还可以包括其他功能单元或功能网元,本申请实施例对此不进行限定。It should be understood that FIG. 1 is only an exemplary architecture diagram, in addition to the functional units shown in FIG. 1 , the network architecture may further include other functional units or functional network elements, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.

还应理解,上述核心网的功能单元可以独立工作,也可以组合在一起实现某些控制功能,如:AMF、SMF和PCF可以组合在一起作为管理设备,用于完成终端设备的接入鉴 权、安全加密、位置注册等接入控制和移动性管理功能,以及用户面传输路径的记录、释放和更改等会话管理功能,以及分析一些切片(slice)相关的数据(如拥塞)、终端设备相关的数据的功能,UPF作为网关设备主要完成用户面数据的路由转发等功能,如:负责对终端设备的数据报文过滤、数据传输/转发、速率控制、生成计费信息等。It should also be understood that the above-mentioned functional units of the core network can work independently, or can be combined together to implement some control functions, such as: AMF, SMF and PCF can be combined together as a management device for completing the access authentication of the terminal device. , security encryption, location registration and other access control and mobility management functions, as well as session management functions such as recording, releasing, and changing user plane transmission paths, as well as analyzing some slice-related data (such as congestion), terminal device-related data As a gateway device, UPF mainly completes functions such as routing and forwarding of user plane data, such as: responsible for data packet filtering, data transmission/forwarding, rate control, and generation of billing information for terminal devices.

图1中的无线接入网设备例如为基站。其中,无线接入网设备在不同的系统对应不同的设备,例如在4G系统中可以对应eNB,在5G系统中对应5G中的无线接入网设备,例如gNB。本申请实施例所提供的技术方案也可以应用于未来的移动通信系统中,因此图1中的无线接入网设备也可以对应未来的移动通信系统中的无线接入网设备。图1以无线接入网设备是基站为例,实际上无线接入网设备可以参考前文的介绍。The radio access network device in FIG. 1 is, for example, a base station. The radio access network device corresponds to different devices in different systems, for example, in a 4G system, it may correspond to an eNB, and in a 5G system, it corresponds to a radio access network device in 5G, such as a gNB. The technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to future mobile communication systems, so the radio access network device in FIG. 1 can also correspond to the radio access network device in the future mobile communication system. FIG. 1 takes the radio access network device as a base station as an example. In fact, the radio access network device may refer to the foregoing introduction.

应理解,图1所示的通信系统中还可以包括更多的网络节点,例如其他终端设备或无线接入网设备,图1所示的通信系统中包括的无线接入网设备或者终端设备可以是上述各种形式的无线接入网设备或者终端设备。本申请实施例在图中不再一一示出。It should be understood that the communication system shown in FIG. 1 may further include more network nodes, such as other terminal devices or radio access network devices, and the radio access network devices or terminal devices included in the communication system shown in FIG. 1 may It is the wireless access network equipment or terminal equipment in various forms mentioned above. The embodiments of the present application are not shown one by one in the drawings.

图3示出了本申请实施例的一种应用场景200的示意图。图3中的5GC为V-SNPN的核心网,其所包含的网元与图1中的相同(即图1中核心网网元对应图3中5GC),5GC和无线接入网设备202为V-SNPN,在图3中,还存在归属网络,归属网络中还包含完整的一套核心网网元,归属网络中的网元包括无线接入网设备202、接入与移动性管理功能实体203、会话管理功能实体204、用户面功能实体205、拜访网络的策略控制功能实体206、统一数据管理实体207、数据网络208、应用功能实体209、鉴权服务器功能实体210、网络切片选择功能实体211。各个网元之间的连接方式可以参考应用场景100当中的相应描述,此处不再赘述。归属网络可以是SNPN,还可以是PLMN。FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario 200 of an embodiment of the present application. The 5GC in FIG. 3 is the core network of the V-SNPN, and the network elements included in it are the same as those in FIG. 1 (that is, the network elements of the core network in FIG. 1 correspond to the 5GC in FIG. 3 ), and the 5GC and the wireless access network equipment 202 are V-SNPN, in Fig. 3, there is also a home network, the home network also includes a complete set of core network network elements, the network elements in the home network include radio access network equipment 202, access and mobility management functional entities 203. Session management functional entity 204, user plane functional entity 205, policy control functional entity of visited network 206, unified data management entity 207, data network 208, application functional entity 209, authentication server functional entity 210, network slice selection functional entity 211. For the connection mode between each network element, reference may be made to the corresponding description in the application scenario 100, and details are not repeated here. The home network can be an SNPN or a PLMN.

图3中为多运营商核心网络(multi-operator core network,MOCN)架构,即RAN被两个网络共享,如RAN既是拜访网络的无线接入网设备又是归属网络的无线接入网设备。此时,RAN连接了两个AMF。Figure 3 shows the multi-operator core network (MOCN) architecture, that is, the RAN is shared by two networks, for example, the RAN is both the radio access network device of the visited network and the radio access network device of the home network. At this point, the RAN is connected to two AMFs.

现有技术中面临的问题是当一个终端设备需要访问SNPN网络时,无线接入网设备如何选择AMF对其进行随后的鉴权等操作,终端设备在接入SNPN网络的接入网时,如何告知无线接入网设备其是否需要进行外部鉴权进而接入该SNPN网络。The problem faced in the prior art is when a terminal device needs to access the SNPN network, how does the wireless access network device select the AMF to perform subsequent operations such as authentication, and how does the terminal device access the access network of the SNPN network? Inform the wireless access network device whether it needs to perform external authentication to access the SNPN network.

因此,针对上述问题,本申请提供了一种通信方法,在该方法中UE初始接入V-SNPN时需要在初始接入相关消息中增加信息以告知V-SNPN其所要访问的网络,V-SNPN进而基于相关信息进行AMF的选择,进而鉴权UE。Therefore, in view of the above problems, the present application provides a communication method. In this method, when the UE initially accesses the V-SNPN, it needs to add information to the initial access related message to inform the V-SNPN of the network to be accessed, the V-SNPN The SNPN then selects the AMF based on the relevant information, and then authenticates the UE.

下面结合图4详细说明本申请提供的一种通信方法,图4是本申请实施例的一种通信方法300的示意性流程图,该方法300可以应用在图1或图3所示的场景中,当然也可以应用在其他通信场景中,本申请实施例在此不作限制。The following describes a communication method provided by the present application in detail with reference to FIG. 4 . FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 300 according to an embodiment of the present application. The method 300 may be applied in the scenario shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 3 . , of course, it can also be applied in other communication scenarios, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.

还应理解,在本申请实施例中,以终端设备、无线接入网设备和核心网网元设备作为执行方法的执行主体为例,对方法进行说明。作为示例而非限定,执行方法的执行主体也可以是应用于终端设备、无线接入网设备和核心网网元设备的芯片、芯片系统、或处理器等。It should also be understood that, in the embodiments of the present application, the method is described by taking a terminal device, a wireless access network device, and a core network network element device as an example for executing the method. As an example but not a limitation, the execution subject of the execution method may also be a chip, a chip system, or a processor or the like applied to a terminal device, a wireless access network device, and a core network element device.

如图4所示,图4中示出的方法300可以包括S301至S308。下面结合图4详细说明方法300中的各个步骤。As shown in FIG. 4 , the method 300 shown in FIG. 4 may include S301 to S308. Each step in the method 300 will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 4 .

S301,RAN向V-AMF发送NG建立请求消息(NG setup request)或RAN配置更新 (RAN configuration update)消息,V-AMF向所述RAN发送NG建立请求响应消息(NG setup response)或RAN配置更新响应(RAN configuration update acknowledge)消息。S301, the RAN sends an NG setup request message (NG setup request) or a RAN configuration update (RAN configuration update) message to the V-AMF, and the V-AMF sends an NG setup request response message (NG setup response) or a RAN configuration update message to the RAN Response (RAN configuration update acknowledge) message.

其中,所述NG建立请求消息或RAN配置更新消息可以携带以下信息:Wherein, the NG setup request message or the RAN configuration update message may carry the following information:

SNPN ID和第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示所述SNPN ID所标识的SNPN是否支持通过外部鉴权访问,所述SNPN ID为所述RAN支持的SNPN网络;或SNPN ID and first indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate whether the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID supports access through external authentication, and the SNPN ID is the SNPN network supported by the RAN; or

SNPN ID和以下一个或多个参数:SP ID或Roaming Group ID,通过所述SP ID或所述Roaming Group ID所对应的网络进行外部鉴权可访问所述SNPN ID所标识的SNPN,所述SP ID或Roaming Group ID为所述RAN支持的SP或Roaming Group,所述SNPN ID标识所述RAN支持的SNPN网络;或SNPN ID and one or more of the following parameters: SP ID or Roaming Group ID, the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID can be accessed by performing external authentication through the network corresponding to the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID. The ID or Roaming Group ID is the SP or Roaming Group supported by the RAN, and the SNPN ID identifies the SNPN network supported by the RAN; or

以下一个或多个参数:SP ID、或Roaming Group ID,以指示AMF所述无线接入网设备RAN所支持的SP ID或Roaming Group ID,所述SP ID或Roaming Group ID为所述RAN支持的SP或Roaming Group。One or more of the following parameters: SP ID or Roaming Group ID, to indicate the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by the radio access network device RAN of the AMF, where the SP ID or Roaming Group ID is supported by the RAN SP or Roaming Group.

所述RAN向H-AMF发送的上述信息表示RAN支持通过发送的所述SP ID和Roaming Group ID进行鉴权接入所述SNPN ID所标识的网络;或者表示RAN支持通过发送的所述SP ID和Roaming Group ID进行鉴权。The above information sent by the RAN to the H-AMF indicates that the RAN supports access to the network identified by the SNPN ID through the sent SP ID and Roaming Group ID; or indicates that the RAN supports the sent SP ID Authenticate with the Roaming Group ID.

可选的,上述携带的信息,可以指示AMF所述无线接入网设备下配置的一个TA、一个小区、一个AMF、或一个SNPN所支持的SP ID或Roaming Group ID。Optionally, the information carried above may indicate a TA, a cell, an AMF, or an SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by an SNPN configured under the wireless access network device of the AMF.

应理解,所述RAN可以发送广播消息(例如,在系统信息块(SystemInformation Block1,SIB1)中广播)以指示所述无线接入网设备下配置的一个TA、一个小区、一个AMF、或一个SNPN所支持的SP ID或Roaming Group ID。It should be understood that the RAN may send a broadcast message (eg, broadcast in a System Information Block (System Information Block 1, SIB1)) to indicate a TA, a cell, an AMF, or an SNPN configured under the radio access network device Supported SP ID or Roaming Group ID.

还应理解,所述NG建立请求消息或所述RAN配置更新消息中所携带的信息,也可以在Xn、F1、E1接口的建立和更新消息中携带,例如在Xn建立请求消息Xn setup request、NG-RAN节点配置更新消息NG-RAN node configuration update、F1建立请求消息F1 setup request、gNB-分布单元(distributed unit,DU)配置更新消息gNB-DU configuration update、gNB-集中单元(central unit,CU)-用户面(user plane,UP)E1建立请求消息gNB-CU-UP E1 setup request、gNB-CU-控制面(control plane,CP)E1建立请求消息gNB-CU-CP E1 setup request消息等。It should also be understood that the information carried in the NG setup request message or the RAN configuration update message may also be carried in the setup and update messages of the Xn, F1, and E1 interfaces, for example, in the Xn setup request message Xn setup request, NG-RAN node configuration update message NG-RAN node configuration update, F1 setup request message F1 setup request, gNB-distributed unit (DU) configuration update message gNB-DU configuration update, gNB-central unit (central unit, CU) )-user plane (user plane, UP) E1 setup request message gNB-CU-UP E1 setup request, gNB-CU-control plane (control plane, CP) E1 setup request message gNB-CU-CP E1 setup request message, etc.

其中,所述NG建立请求响应消息或RAN配置更新响应消息可以携带以下信息:The NG setup request response message or the RAN configuration update response message may carry the following information:

SNPN ID和第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述SNPN ID所标识的SNPN是否支持通过外部鉴权访问,所述SNPN ID用以标识所述V-AMF支持的通过外部鉴权可接入的SNPN网络;或SNPN ID and first indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate whether the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID supports access through external authentication, and the SNPN ID is used to identify the access through external authentication supported by the V-AMF. an SNPN network to which the right is accessible; or

SNPN ID和以下一个或多个参数:SP ID、或Roaming Group ID,以指示通过SP ID或Roaming Group ID所对应的归属网络进行鉴权可访问SNPN ID所标识的SNPN,所述SP ID或Roaming Group ID为所述V-AMF支持的SP或Roaming Group,所述SNPN ID用标识V-AMF可以通过所述SP ID或Roaming Group ID标识的网络进行外部鉴权来接入的SNPN网络;或SNPN ID and one or more of the following parameters: SP ID or Roaming Group ID, to indicate that the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID can be accessed through authentication by the home network corresponding to the SP ID or Roaming Group ID, the SP ID or Roaming Group ID The Group ID is the SP or Roaming Group supported by the V-AMF, and the SNPN ID identifies the SNPN network that the V-AMF can access through external authentication through the network identified by the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID; or

以下一个或多个参数:SP ID或Roaming Group ID,以指示RAN所支持的SP ID或Roaming Group ID,所述SP ID或Roaming Group ID为所述RAN支持的SP或Roaming Group。One or more of the following parameters: SP ID or Roaming Group ID, to indicate the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by the RAN, where the SP ID or Roaming Group ID is the SP or Roaming Group supported by the RAN.

所述V-AMF向所述RAN发送的上述信息表示所述V-AMF告诉所述RAN其可以通过哪些SP ID和Roaming Group ID进行外部鉴权来接入SNPN ID所标识的网络;或者表示所述V-AMF告诉所述RAN其可以通过哪些SP ID和Roaming Group ID进行外部鉴权。The above information sent by the V-AMF to the RAN indicates that the V-AMF tells the RAN which SP IDs and Roaming Group IDs it can use for external authentication to access the network identified by the SNPN ID; The V-AMF tells the RAN which SP IDs and Roaming Group IDs it can use for external authentication.

上述携带的信息,可以指示RAN所述V-AMF下配置的一个TA、一个小区、一个RAN、或一个SNPN所支持的SP ID或Roaming Group ID。The information carried above may indicate the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by a TA, a cell, a RAN, or a SNPN configured under the V-AMF described in the RAN.

应理解,所述NG建立请求响应消息或所述RAN配置更新响应消息中所携带的信息,也可以在Xn、F1、E1接口的建立和更新消息中携带,例如在Xn建立请求消息Xn setup request、NG-RAN节点配置更新消息NG-RAN node configuration update、F1建立请求消息F1 setup request、gNB-DU配置更新消息gNB-DU configuration update、gNB-CU-UP E1建立请求消息gNB-CU-UP E1 setup request、gNB-CU-CP E1建立请求消息gNB-CU-CP E1 setup request消息等。It should be understood that the information carried in the NG setup request response message or the RAN configuration update response message may also be carried in the setup and update messages of the Xn, F1, and E1 interfaces, for example, in the Xn setup request message Xn setup request , NG-RAN node configuration update message NG-RAN node configuration update, F1 setup request message F1 setup request, gNB-DU configuration update message gNB-DU configuration update, gNB-CU-UP E1 setup request message gNB-CU-UP E1 setup request, gNB-CU-CP E1 setup request message gNB-CU-CP E1 setup request message, etc.

还应理解,S301也适用于场景100。It should also be understood that S301 is also applicable to the scenario 100 .

S302,RAN向H-AMF发送NG建立请求消息(NG setup request)或RAN配置更新(RAN configuration update)消息,H-AMF向所述RAN发送NG建立请求响应消息(NG setup response)或RAN配置更新响应(RAN configuration update acknowledge)消息。S302, the RAN sends an NG setup request message (NG setup request) or a RAN configuration update (RAN configuration update) message to the H-AMF, and the H-AMF sends an NG setup request response message (NG setup response) or a RAN configuration update message to the RAN Response (RAN configuration update acknowledge) message.

其中,RAN向H-AMF发送的NG建立请求消息或RAN配置更新消息与RAN向V-AMF发送的NG建立请求消息或RAN配置更新消息内容相同,可以参考RAN向V-AMF发送的NG建立请求消息或RAN配置更新消息进行理解,此处不再赘述。The NG setup request message or the RAN configuration update message sent by the RAN to the H-AMF is the same as the NG setup request message or the RAN configuration update message sent by the RAN to the V-AMF. You can refer to the NG setup request message sent by the RAN to the V-AMF. message or RAN configuration update message for understanding, and will not be repeated here.

其中,所述H-AMF向所述RAN发送的NG建立请求响应消息或RAN配置更新响应消息可以携带以下信息:Wherein, the NG setup request response message or the RAN configuration update response message sent by the H-AMF to the RAN may carry the following information:

SNPN ID和所述第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述SNPN ID所标识的SNPN是否支持通过外部鉴权访问,所述SNPN ID用以标识可以通过H-AMF鉴权来接入的SNPN网络;或SNPN ID和以下一个或多个参数:SP ID、或Roaming Group ID,以指示通过SP ID或Roaming Group ID所对应的归属网络进行鉴权可访问SNPN ID所标识的SNPN,所述SP ID和Roaming Group ID为所述RAN支持的SP或Roaming Group,所述SNPN ID用以标识可以通过H-AMF支持的所述SP ID或Roaming Group ID进行鉴权来接入的SNPN网络;或以下一个或多个参数:SP ID或Roaming Group ID,以指示RAN所支持的SP ID和Roaming Group ID,所述SP ID或Roaming Group ID为所述RAN支持的SP或Roaming Group。The SNPN ID and the first indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate whether the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID supports access through external authentication, and the SNPN ID is used to identify that the SNPN can be accessed through H-AMF authentication. Accessed SNPN network; or SNPN ID and one or more of the following parameters: SP ID, or Roaming Group ID, to indicate that the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID can be accessed through the authentication of the home network corresponding to the SP ID or Roaming Group ID , the SP ID and Roaming Group ID are the SP or Roaming Group supported by the RAN, and the SNPN ID is used to identify the SNPN that can be accessed through authentication by the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by the H-AMF network; or one or more of the following parameters: SP ID or Roaming Group ID, to indicate the SP ID and Roaming Group ID supported by the RAN, where the SP ID or Roaming Group ID is the SP or Roaming Group supported by the RAN.

所述H-AMF向所述RAN发送的上述信息表示所述H-AMF告诉所述RAN其支持哪些SP ID和Roaming Group ID进行部鉴权来接入SNPN ID所标识的网络;或者表示所述H-AMF告诉所述RAN其支持哪些SP ID和Roaming Group ID进行鉴权。The above information sent by the H-AMF to the RAN indicates that the H-AMF tells the RAN which SP IDs and Roaming Group IDs it supports for partial authentication to access the network identified by the SNPN ID; or indicates that the The H-AMF tells the RAN which SP IDs and Roaming Group IDs it supports for authentication.

上述携带的信息,可以指示RAN所述H-AMF下配置的一个TA、一个小区、一个RAN、或一个SNPN所支持的SP ID或Roaming Group ID。The information carried above may indicate the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by a TA, a cell, a RAN, or a SNPN configured under the H-AMF described in the RAN.

应理解,所述NG建立请求响应消息或所述RAN配置更新响应消息中所携带的信息,也可以在Xn、F1、E1接口的建立和更新消息中携带,例如在Xn建立请求消息Xn setup request、NG-RAN节点配置更新消息NG-RAN node configuration update、F1建立请求消息F1 setup request、gNB-DU配置更新消息gNB-DU configuration update、gNB-CU-UP E1建立请求消息gNB-CU-UP E1 setup request、gNB-CU-CP E1建立请求消息gNB-CU-CP E1  setup request消息等。It should be understood that the information carried in the NG setup request response message or the RAN configuration update response message may also be carried in the setup and update messages of the Xn, F1, and E1 interfaces, for example, in the Xn setup request message Xn setup request , NG-RAN node configuration update message NG-RAN node configuration update, F1 setup request message F1 setup request, gNB-DU configuration update message gNB-DU configuration update, gNB-CU-UP E1 setup request message gNB-CU-UP E1 setup request, gNB-CU-CP E1 setup request message gNB-CU-CP E1 setup request message, etc.

所述V-AMF向所述RAN发送的上述信息表示所述V-AMF告诉所述RAN其可以通过哪些SP ID或Roaming Group ID进行外部鉴权来接入SNPN ID所标识的网络;或者表示所述V-AMF告诉所述RAN其可以通过哪些SP ID或Roaming Group ID进行外部鉴权。The above information sent by the V-AMF to the RAN indicates that the V-AMF tells the RAN which SP IDs or Roaming Group IDs it can use for external authentication to access the network identified by the SNPN ID; The V-AMF tells the RAN which SP IDs or Roaming Group IDs it can use for external authentication.

上述携带的信息,可以指示RAN所述AMF下配置的一个TA、一个小区、一个RAN、或一个SNPN所支持的SP ID或Roaming Group ID。The information carried above may indicate the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by a TA, a cell, a RAN, or a SNPN configured under the AMF described in the RAN.

应理解,所述NG建立请求响应消息或所述RAN配置更新响应消息中所携带的信息,也可以在Xn、F1、E1接口的建立和更新消息中携带,例如在Xn建立请求消息Xn setup request、NG-RAN节点配置更新消息NG-RAN node configuration update、F1建立请求消息F1 setup request、gNB-DU配置更新消息gNB-DU configuration update、gNB-CU-UP E1建立请求消息gNB-CU-UP E1 setup request、gNB-CU-CP E1建立请求消息gNB-CU-CP E1 setup request消息等。It should be understood that the information carried in the NG setup request response message or the RAN configuration update response message may also be carried in the setup and update messages of the Xn, F1, and E1 interfaces, for example, in the Xn setup request message Xn setup request , NG-RAN node configuration update message NG-RAN node configuration update, F1 setup request message F1 setup request, gNB-DU configuration update message gNB-DU configuration update, gNB-CU-UP E1 setup request message gNB-CU-UP E1 setup request, gNB-CU-CP E1 setup request message gNB-CU-CP E1 setup request message, etc.

应理解,S302也适用于场景100。It should be understood that S302 is also applicable to the scenario 100 .

应理解,在上述步骤S301和步骤S302中,RAN向AMF(AMF可为拜访网络的AMF(V-AMF),也可以为归属网络的AMF(H-AMF))发送NG建立请求消息或RAN配置更新消息中携带的SNPN ID可以是多个不同的SNPN ID,在携带所述多个不同的SNPN ID时,所述多个不同的SNPN ID中的每个SNPN ID对应其所关联的SP ID或Roaming Group ID。It should be understood that in the above steps S301 and S302, the RAN sends an NG setup request message or a RAN configuration to the AMF (the AMF may be the AMF (V-AMF) of the visited network or the AMF (H-AMF) of the home network) The SNPN ID carried in the update message can be a plurality of different SNPN IDs, when carrying the plurality of different SNPN IDs, each SNPN ID in the plurality of different SNPN IDs corresponds to its associated SP ID or SNPN ID. Roaming Group ID.

还应理解,在AMF(AMF可为拜访网络的AMF(V-AMF),也可以为归属网络的AMF(H-AMF))向发送RAN发送NG建立请求消息响应或RAN配置更新消息响应中携带的SNPN ID可以是多个不同的SNPN ID,在携带所述多个不同的SNPN ID时,所述多个不同的SNPN ID中的每个SNPN ID对应其所关联的SP ID或Roaming Group ID。It should also be understood that the AMF (the AMF may be the AMF (V-AMF) of the visited network or the AMF (H-AMF) of the home network) sends the NG setup request message response or the RAN configuration update message response to the sending RAN and carries The SNPN ID can be multiple different SNPN IDs, when carrying the multiple different SNPN IDs, each SNPN ID in the multiple different SNPN IDs corresponds to its associated SP ID or Roaming Group ID.

还应理解,在NG接口建立时,AMF还不能区分为H-AMF或者V-AMF,RAN向其可以建立NG接口的所有AMF均发送发送NG建立请求消息或RAN配置更新消息,AMF收到该NG建立请求消息或RAN配置更新消息后,均向所述RAN发送NG建立请求消息响应或RAN配置更新消息响应。It should also be understood that when the NG interface is established, the AMF cannot be differentiated into H-AMF or V-AMF, and the RAN sends an NG establishment request message or a RAN configuration update message to all AMFs that can establish an NG interface, and the AMF receives the After the NG setup request message or the RAN configuration update message is sent, the NG setup request message response or the RAN configuration update message response is sent to the RAN.

还应理解,RAN向V-AMF或H-AMF发送NG建立请求消息或RAN配置更新消息包括的SNPN ID、SP ID或Roaming Group ID,V-AMF向所述RAN发送的NG建立请求响应消息或RAN配置更新响应消息包括的SNPN ID、SP ID或Roaming Group ID,H-AMF向所述RAN发送的NG建立请求响应消息或RAN配置更新响应消息包括的SNPN ID、SP ID或Roaming Group ID中的SNPN ID、SP ID或Roaming Group ID可能相同也可能不相同。It should also be understood that the RAN sends the SNPN ID, SP ID or Roaming Group ID included in the NG setup request message or the RAN configuration update message to the V-AMF or the H-AMF, and the NG setup request response message sent by the V-AMF to the RAN or The SNPN ID, SP ID or Roaming Group ID included in the RAN configuration update response message, the NG setup request response message sent by the H-AMF to the RAN or the SNPN ID, SP ID or Roaming Group ID included in the RAN configuration update response message. The SNPN ID, SP ID or Roaming Group ID may or may not be the same.

通过上述步骤S301和步骤S302实现了RAN和AMF通过NG接口的建立或者更新消息交互各自所支持的SP ID、Roaming Group ID,使网元获知对端网元所支持的信息,以执行后续的用户接入、资源调度、切换等过程。Through the above steps S301 and S302, the RAN and the AMF exchange the SP ID and Roaming Group ID supported by each other through the establishment or update message of the NG interface, so that the network element can know the information supported by the peer network element, so as to execute the subsequent user Access, resource scheduling, handover and other processes.

还应理解,RAN和AMF也可隐式的交互各自所支持的外部鉴权的SP ID或Roaming Group ID,例如,在上述步骤中,RAN和AMF只交互各自所支持的SNPN ID或PLMN ID,若其中的SNPN ID或PLMN ID只为其中一方(AMF或RAN)支持,另一方不支持,便认为是另一方支持的外部鉴权的SNPN ID或PLMN ID,其中所述SNPN ID或PLMN ID 便被默认为可进行外部鉴权的SP ID或Roaming Group ID。例如,RAN支持的SNPN ID为1,2,支持的PLMN ID为3,4;AMF支持的SNPN ID为2,5,支持的PLMN ID为3,6;则在AMF侧可以认为SNPN ID为1和PLMN ID为4是所述RAN可进行外部鉴权的SP ID或Roaming Group ID。It should also be understood that the RAN and AMF can also implicitly exchange the externally authenticated SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by each other. If the SNPN ID or PLMN ID is only supported by one party (AMF or RAN) and the other party does not support it, it is considered to be an externally authenticated SNPN ID or PLMN ID supported by the other party, wherein the SNPN ID or PLMN ID is convenient for Defaults to an externally authenticated SP ID or Roaming Group ID. For example, the SNPN IDs supported by RAN are 1, 2, and the PLMN IDs supported are 3, 4; the SNPN IDs supported by AMF are 2, 5, and the PLMN IDs supported are 3, 6; then the SNPN ID can be considered as 1 on the AMF side and PLMN ID of 4 is the SP ID or Roaming Group ID that the RAN can perform external authentication.

S303,UE向RAN发送接入消息,所述接入消息包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于告知所述无线接入网设备所述终端设备通过归属网络鉴权接入V-SNPN。S303: The UE sends an access message to the RAN, where the access message includes first information, where the first information is used to inform the wireless access network device that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN through home network authentication.

所述接入消息中包括以下至少一个或多个参数:SP ID、Roaming Group ID、或第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述归属网络标识或所述漫游组标识,例如可以建立第二指示信息与所述SP ID、所述Roaming Group ID的关联关系,如SP ID1对应的第二指示信息为1,SP ID2对应的第二指示信息为2,Roaming Group ID1对应的第二指示信息为3。再例如,所述接入信息中包含SP ID的索引(index)值。所述SP ID、所述Roaming Group ID和所述第二指示信息用于告知RAN,UE选择接入外部鉴权的SP。The access message includes at least one or more of the following parameters: SP ID, Roaming Group ID, or second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the home network identifier or the roaming group identifier, such as The association relationship between the second indication information and the SP ID and the Roaming Group ID can be established. For example, the second indication information corresponding to the SP ID1 is 1, the second indication information corresponding to the SP ID2 is 2, and the second indication information corresponding to the Roaming Group ID1 is 2. The second indication information is 3. For another example, the access information includes an index (index) value of the SP ID. The SP ID, the Roaming Group ID and the second indication information are used to inform the RAN that the UE chooses to access the externally authenticated SP.

同时,所述接入消息中还可包括V-SNPN的标识SNPN ID,所述SNPN ID以告知RAN,UE通过SP进行外部鉴权来访问V-SNPN。其中,所述SNPN ID也可以以指示信息的形式上报。其中,所述第二指示信息也可为原因值Cause value,例如,cause value可以为归属网络拥有签约信息subscription owned by home network,第三方网络拥有签约信息subscription owned by third party network。At the same time, the access message may also include the SNPN ID of the V-SNPN, and the SNPN ID is used to inform the RAN that the UE accesses the V-SNPN by performing external authentication through the SP. Wherein, the SNPN ID may also be reported in the form of indication information. Wherein, the second indication information can also be the cause value Cause value, for example, the cause value can be that the home network has the subscription information subscription owned by home network, and the third party network has the subscription information subscription owned by third party network.

可选的,所述接入消息可以为RRC建立完成(RRC setup complete)消息或者RRC建立请求(RRC setup request)消息,所述消息中的SP ID、Roaming Group ID可以包含在所述RRC建立完成消息的RegisteredAMF注册AMF信元IE中。Optionally, the access message may be an RRC setup complete (RRC setup complete) message or an RRC setup request (RRC setup request) message, and the SP ID and Roaming Group ID in the message may be included in the RRC setup complete message. The RegisteredAMF of the message is registered in the AMF information element IE.

应理解,S303也适用于场景100。It should be understood that S303 is also applicable to the scenario 100 .

S304,RAN基于UE在步骤S203中上报的参数选择AMF(AMF可为拜访网络的AMF(V-AMF),也可以为归属网络的AMF(H-AMF))。S304, the RAN selects an AMF based on the parameters reported by the UE in step S203 (the AMF may be the AMF (V-AMF) of the visited network, or the AMF (H-AMF) of the home network).

可选的,当所述第一信息只包括所述SNPN ID时,所述RAN选择拜访网络独立的非公网络V-SNPN中的接入和移动管理功能V-AMF。此时,不需要对UE进行外部网络的鉴权。Optionally, when the first information only includes the SNPN ID, the RAN selects the access and mobility management function V-AMF in the non-public network V-SNPN independent of the visited network. At this time, the authentication of the external network for the UE does not need to be performed.

可选的,当所述第一信息包括所述SNPN ID和所述SP ID以及所述Roaming Group ID中的至少一个参数时,选择归属网络中的接入和移动管理功能H-AMF。Optionally, when the first information includes at least one parameter in the SNPN ID, the SP ID and the Roaming Group ID, select the access and mobility management function H-AMF in the home network.

可选的,当所述第一信息包括所述SP ID和所述Roaming Group ID中的至少一个参数时,选择归属网络中的接入和移动管理功能H-AMF。Optionally, when the first information includes at least one parameter in the SP ID and the Roaming Group ID, the access and mobility management function H-AMF in the home network is selected.

RAN向H-AMF发送初始UE消息Initial UE message,所述初始UE消息中携带以下至少一个或多个参数:SP ID、Roaming Group ID、所述第二指示信息、UE所接入的逻辑小区中UE所选择接入的SNPN所支持的SP ID列表和Roaming Group ID列表中的至少一个,以告知H-AMF UE选择接入外部鉴权的SP。The RAN sends an initial UE message Initial UE message to the H-AMF, and the initial UE message carries at least one or more of the following parameters: SP ID, Roaming Group ID, the second indication information, the logical cell that the UE accesses At least one of the SP ID list and the Roaming Group ID list supported by the SNPN selected by the UE to access, to inform the H-AMF that the UE selects to access the externally authenticated SP.

应理解,S304也适用于场景100。It should be understood that S304 is also applicable to the scenario 100 .

S305,H-AMF联系归属网络的UDM、AUSF等网元,以对UE进行鉴权,并根据鉴权结果向所述RAN发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权成功或失败。S305, the H-AMF contacts the network elements such as the UDM and AUSF of the home network to authenticate the UE, and sends a first message to the RAN according to the authentication result, where the first message is used to indicate that the terminal equipment Authentication succeeded or failed.

可选的,若鉴权成功,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权成功,所述第一消 息包括以下至少一个或多个参数:第三指示信息、第一归属网络标识SP ID、第一漫游组标识Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,其中,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。Optionally, if the authentication is successful, the first message is used to indicate that the authentication of the terminal device is successful, and the first message includes at least one or more of the following parameters: third indication information, first home network identifier SP ID, the first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, multiple SP IDs supported by the terminal device that can be externally authenticated, and multiple Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device that can be externally authenticated, wherein the first roaming group ID The three indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN available Home network SP.

应理解,所述第一SP ID和/或所述第一Roaming Group ID也可以是SP ID列表和/或Roaming Group ID列表,标识本次访问可用的SP列表,其中指示信息#2也可为Cause value。It should be understood that the first SP ID and/or the first Roaming Group ID may also be a list of SP IDs and/or a list of Roaming Group IDs, identifying the SP list available for this visit, wherein the indication information #2 may also be Cause value.

应理解,H-AMF在鉴权时,可以通过归属网络的UDM获得所述UE支持的与本次访问的V-SNPN相关的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID和多个Roaming Group ID中的至少一个,该信息可以包含在移动性限制列表(Mobility Restriction List)中,以供RAN随后在该V-SNPN中将UE切换到另一个RAN下。It should be understood that when the H-AMF is authenticated, it can obtain at least one of the multiple SP IDs and multiple Roaming Group IDs supported by the UE and related to the V-SNPN of this visit that can be externally authenticated through the UDM of the home network. One, the information can be included in the Mobility Restriction List for the RAN to switch the UE to another RAN later in the V-SNPN.

可选的,所述第一消息中可携带以下UE上下文消息的一个或多个参数:加密信息,UE标识信息如TMSI等。Optionally, the first message may carry one or more parameters of the following UE context message: encryption information, UE identification information such as TMSI, and the like.

通过H-AMF将核心网侧UE上下文消息转发给RAN,RAN将核心网侧UE上下文消息转发给V-AMF,实现通过RAN使得H-AMF和V-AMF之间的信息可以中转。The core network side UE context message is forwarded to the RAN through the H-AMF, and the RAN forwards the core network side UE context message to the V-AMF, so that the information between the H-AMF and the V-AMF can be transferred through the RAN.

可选的,所述第一消息为初始上下文建立请求(initial context setup request)或下行NAS传输Downlink NAS Transport消息,所述第一消息中包括的所述参数和信息可承载在NGAP(NG接口的应用协议层)信息中,也可包含在上述消息的非接入层(Non-Access Stratum,NAS)信息中,或者包含在上述消息的H-AMF传给V-AMF的信息中。Optionally, the first message is an initial context setup request or a Downlink NAS Transport message, and the parameters and information included in the first message can be application protocol layer) information, may also be included in the non-access stratum (Non-Access Stratum, NAS) information of the above message, or included in the information transmitted from the H-AMF to the V-AMF in the above message.

可选的,若鉴权失败,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权失败;所述第一消息包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权失败;所述无线接入网设备根据所述第一消息,释放与所述终端设备的连接。Optionally, if the authentication fails, the first message is used to indicate that the authentication of the terminal device fails; the first message includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the terminal device Access to the V-SNPN external authentication fails; the wireless access network device releases the connection with the terminal device according to the first message.

可选的,若鉴权失败,所述第一消息可以为错误指示(error indication)消息,错误指示(error indication)消息中携带所述第四指示信息,以指示所述终端设备外部鉴权失败。Optionally, if the authentication fails, the first message may be an error indication (error indication) message, and the error indication (error indication) message carries the fourth indication information to indicate that the external authentication of the terminal device fails. .

可选的,所述第四指示信息也可以为原因值。Optionally, the fourth indication information may also be a cause value.

应理解,S305也适用于场景100。It should be understood that S305 is also applicable to the scenario 100 .

S306,RAN根据所述第一消息向UE发送第二消息,所述第二消息用于告知所述终端设备鉴权成功或失败。S306: The RAN sends a second message to the UE according to the first message, where the second message is used to inform the terminal device that the authentication succeeds or fails.

可选的,若鉴权成功,所述第二消息用于告知所述终端设备鉴权成功,所述第二消息包括以下一个或多个参数:所述第三指示信息、第一归属网络标识SP ID、第一漫游组标识Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,其中,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。Optionally, if the authentication is successful, the second message is used to inform the terminal device that the authentication is successful, and the second message includes one or more of the following parameters: the third indication information, the first home network identifier SP ID, the first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, multiple SP IDs supported by the terminal device that can be externally authenticated, and multiple Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device that can be externally authenticated, wherein the first roaming group ID The three indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN available Home network SP.

应理解,SP ID和/或Roaming Group ID指示UE本次访问可用的SP,也可以是SP ID列表和/或Roaming Group ID列表,标识本次访问可用的SP列表。It should be understood that the SP ID and/or the Roaming Group ID indicate the available SPs for the UE to access this time, and may also be the SP ID list and/or the Roaming Group ID list, which identifies the available SP list for the current access.

消息中携带UE支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID列表和/或多个Roaming Group ID列表,以更新UE存储的可外部鉴权的列表信息,以供UE随后进行切换、小区重选、或小 区选择。The message carries multiple externally authenticated SP ID lists and/or multiple Roaming Group ID lists supported by the UE to update the externally authenticated list information stored by the UE for subsequent handover, cell reselection, or cell selection.

可选的,上述信息可承载在上述消息的AS消息中,也可包含在上述消息的NAS信息中。Optionally, the foregoing information may be carried in the AS message of the foregoing message, or may be included in the NAS information of the foregoing message.

可选的,所述第二消息中可携带以下UE上下文消息的一个或多个参数:加密信息,UE标识信息如TMSI等。Optionally, the second message may carry one or more parameters of the following UE context message: encryption information, UE identification information such as TMSI, and the like.

可选的,所述第二消息可以是RRC重配置(RRC Reconfiguration)消息或者下行信息转发(DL Information transfer)消息。Optionally, the second message may be an RRC reconfiguration (RRC Reconfiguration) message or a downlink information transfer (DL Information transfer) message.

可选的,若鉴权失败,所述第二消息用于告知所述终端设备鉴权失败,所述第二消息包括所述第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权失败。Optionally, if the authentication fails, the second message is used to inform the terminal device that the authentication fails, and the second message includes the fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the terminal The device fails to access the external authentication of the V-SNPN.

可选的,所述第二消息为RRC释放(RRC release)消息。Optionally, the second message is an RRC release (RRC release) message.

可选的,UE在收到所述第二消息后,将本次请求接入但鉴权失败的SP ID、Roaming Group ID、或SNPN ID在本地存储的信息中删除,例如,更新UE本地的"Equivalent Home Service Provider"列表或"Service Provider Controlled Network"列表,进行用户配置更新(UE configuration update,UCU)。Optionally, after receiving the second message, the UE deletes the SP ID, Roaming Group ID, or SNPN ID that requests access this time but the authentication fails in the locally stored information, for example, updates the UE's local ID. "Equivalent Home Service Provider" list or "Service Provider Controlled Network" list for user configuration update (UE configuration update, UCU).

S307,若鉴权成功,RAN向V-AMF发送初始UE消息(Initial UE Message)或上行NAS传输(Uplink NAS Transport)消息,所述初始UE消息或者上行NAS传输消息包括以下至少一个或多个参数:第五指示信息、第一归属网络标识SP ID、第一漫游组标识Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,其中,所述第五指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。S307, if the authentication succeeds, the RAN sends an initial UE message (Initial UE Message) or an uplink NAS transport (Uplink NAS Transport) message to the V-AMF, where the initial UE message or the uplink NAS transport message includes at least one or more of the following parameters : fifth indication information, first home network identification SP ID, first roaming group identification Roaming Group ID, multiple SP IDs supported by the terminal device that can be externally authenticated, externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device Multiple Roaming Group IDs, wherein the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to indicate that the The terminal device accesses the home network SP available to the V-SNPN.

应理解,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID指示UE本次访问可用的SP,也可以是SP ID列表和Roaming Group ID列表,标识本次访问可用的SP和Roaming Group。It should be understood that the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID indicate the available SPs for the UE to visit this time, and may also be the SP ID list and the Roaming Group ID list, identifying the available SPs and Roaming Groups for this visit.

可选的,所述第五指示信息也可为Cause value。Optionally, the fifth indication information may also be a Cause value.

可选的,所述初始UE消息或者上行NAS传输消息中可携带UE支持的与本次访问的V-SNPN相关的可外部鉴权的所有SP ID列表和/或Roaming Group ID列表,该信息可以包含在移动性限制列表(Mobility Restriction List)中,以供V-AMF随后在该V-SNPN中对UE执行切换过程。Optionally, the initial UE message or the uplink NAS transmission message may carry all externally authenticated SP ID lists and/or Roaming Group ID lists related to the V-SNPN of this visit supported by the UE, and the information may be Included in the Mobility Restriction List (Mobility Restriction List) for the V-AMF to subsequently perform the handover procedure for the UE in this V-SNPN.

所述初始UE消息或者上行NAS传输消息中可携带以下步骤S205中RAN接收到的UE上下文消息的至少一项:加密信息,UE标识信息如TMSI等。The initial UE message or the uplink NAS transmission message may carry at least one of the following UE context messages received by the RAN in step S205: encryption information, UE identification information such as TMSI, and the like.

RAN将核心网侧UE上下文消息转发给V-AMF,以使V-AMF进行NAS层加密等。The RAN forwards the UE context message on the core network side to the V-AMF, so that the V-AMF performs NAS layer encryption and the like.

上述信息可承载在上述消息的NGAP消息中,也可包含在上述消息的NAS信息中,或者包含在上述消息的H-AMF透传给V-AMF的消息中。The above-mentioned information may be carried in the NGAP message of the above-mentioned message, may also be included in the NAS information of the above-mentioned message, or contained in the message that the H-AMF of the above-mentioned message transparently transmits to the V-AMF.

S308,UE向V-AMF发送NAS消息,所述NAS消息包括以下至少一个或多个参数:第五指示信息、第一归属网络标识SP ID、第一漫游组标识Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,其中,所述第五指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述 V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。S308, the UE sends a NAS message to the V-AMF, where the NAS message includes at least one or more of the following parameters: fifth indication information, the first home network identifier SP ID, the first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, the terminal device Supported multiple externally authenticated SP IDs and multiple externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device, wherein the fifth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN If the external authentication is successful, the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the available home network SP of the V-SNPN.

应理解,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID指示UE本次访问可用的SP,也可以是SP ID列表和Roaming Group ID列表,标识本次访问可用的SP列表和Roaming Group。It should be understood that the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID indicate the available SPs for the UE to access this time, and may also be the SP ID list and the Roaming Group ID list, which identify the available SP list and Roaming Group for this access.

可选的,所述第五指示信息也可为Cause value。Optionally, the fifth indication information may also be a Cause value.

可选的,所述NAS消息中可携带UE支持的与本次访问的V-SNPN相关的可外部鉴权的所有SP ID列表和/或Roaming Group ID列表,该信息可以包含在移动性限制列表(Mobility Restriction List)中,以供V-AMF随后在该V-SNPN中对UE执行切换过程。Optionally, the NAS message can carry all the externally authenticated SP ID lists and/or Roaming Group ID lists related to the V-SNPN of this visit supported by the UE, and this information can be included in the mobility restriction list. (Mobility Restriction List) for the V-AMF to perform the handover procedure for the UE in the V-SNPN subsequently.

所述NAS消息中可携带以下步骤S205中RAN接收到的UE上下文消息的至少一项:加密信息,UE标识信息如TMSI等。The NAS message may carry at least one item of the UE context message received by the RAN in step S205: encryption information, UE identification information such as TMSI, and the like.

UE将核心网侧UE上下文消息转发给V-AMF,以使V-AMF进行NAS层加密等。The UE forwards the core network side UE context message to the V-AMF, so that the V-AMF performs NAS layer encryption and the like.

在本申请实施例中,UE接入网络时,上报所选择接入的网络以及需要进行鉴权的归属网络,以使RAN准确选择AMF。In the embodiment of the present application, when the UE accesses the network, the selected access network and the home network that needs to be authenticated are reported, so that the RAN can accurately select the AMF.

应理解,步骤S307与步骤S308为并列的步骤,可以只进行S307或S308,也可以同时进行S307和S308。It should be understood that step S307 and step S308 are parallel steps, and only S307 or S308 may be performed, or S307 and S308 may be performed simultaneously.

下面结合图5详细说明本申请提供的一种通信方法,图5是本申请实施例的一种通信方法400的示意性流程图,该方法400可以应用在图1或图3所示的场景中,当然也可以应用在其他通信场景中,本申请实施例在此不作限制。The following describes a communication method provided by the present application in detail with reference to FIG. 5 . FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 400 according to an embodiment of the present application. The method 400 may be applied in the scenario shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 3 . , of course, it can also be applied in other communication scenarios, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.

还应理解,在本申请实施例中,以终端设备、无线接入网设备和核心网网元设备作为执行方法的执行主体为例,对方法进行说明。作为示例而非限定,执行方法的执行主体也可以是应用于终端设备、无线接入网设备和核心网网元设备的芯片、芯片系统、或处理器等。It should also be understood that, in the embodiments of the present application, the method is described by taking a terminal device, a wireless access network device, and a core network network element device as an example for executing the method. As an example but not a limitation, the execution subject of the execution method may also be a chip, a chip system, or a processor or the like applied to a terminal device, a wireless access network device, and a core network element device.

如图5所示,图5中示出的方法400可以包括S401至S410。下面结合图5详细说明方法400中的各个步骤。As shown in FIG. 5 , the method 400 shown in FIG. 5 may include S401 to S410. Each step in the method 400 will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 5 .

S401,V-AMF与归属网络或OAM预先协商,协商H-AMF可支持的SNPN ID和以下至少一项:SP ID、或Roaming Group ID,以指示通过SP ID或Roaming Group ID所对应的网络进行鉴权可访问SNPN ID所标识的SNPN。S401, the V-AMF negotiates with the home network or OAM in advance, and negotiates the SNPN ID that the H-AMF can support and at least one of the following: SP ID, or Roaming Group ID, to indicate that the network corresponding to the SP ID or Roaming Group ID is used Authentication can access the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID.

S402,H-AMF向RAN发送NG建立请求响应消息(NG setup response)或RAN配置更新响应(RAN configuration update acknowledge)消息,所述消息可以携带以下信息:S402, the H-AMF sends an NG setup request response message (NG setup response) or a RAN configuration update response (RAN configuration update acknowledge) message to the RAN, and the message may carry the following information:

SNPN ID和所述第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述SNPN ID所标识的SNPN是否支持通过外部鉴权访问,所述SNPN ID用以标识可以通过H-AMF鉴权来接入的SNPN网络;或The SNPN ID and the first indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate whether the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID supports access through external authentication, and the SNPN ID is used to identify that the SNPN can be accessed through H-AMF authentication. Accessed SNPN network; or

SNPN ID和以下一个或多个参数:SP ID、或Roaming Group ID,以指示通过SP ID或Roaming Group ID所对应的网络进行鉴权可访问SNPN ID所标识的SNPN,所述SP ID和Roaming Group ID为所述H-AMF支持的SP或Roaming Group,所述SNPN ID用以标识可以通过H-AMF支持的所述SP ID或Roaming Group ID进行鉴权来接入的SNPN网络;或SNPN ID and one or more of the following parameters: SP ID, or Roaming Group ID, to indicate that the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID can be accessed through the authentication of the network corresponding to the SP ID or Roaming Group ID, and the SP ID and Roaming Group ID The ID is the SP or Roaming Group supported by the H-AMF, and the SNPN ID is used to identify the SNPN network that can be accessed through the authentication of the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID supported by the H-AMF; or

以下一个或多个参数:SP ID、Roaming Group ID,以指示RAN所支持的SP ID和Roaming Group ID,所述SP ID或Roaming Group ID为所述RAN支持的SP或Roaming  Group。One or more of the following parameters: SP ID, Roaming Group ID, to indicate the SP ID and Roaming Group ID supported by the RAN, and the SP ID or Roaming Group ID is the SP or Roaming Group supported by the RAN.

上述携带的信息,可以指示RAN所述AMF下配置的一个TA、一个小区、一个RAN、或一个SNPN所支持的SP ID或Roaming Group ID。The information carried above may indicate the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by a TA, a cell, a RAN, or a SNPN configured under the AMF described in the RAN.

应理解,所述NG建立请求响应消息或所述RAN配置更新响应消息中所携带的信息,也可以在Xn、F1、E1接口的建立和更新消息中携带,例如在Xn建立请求消息Xn setup request、NG-RAN节点配置更新消息NG-RAN node configuration update、F1建立请求消息F1 setup request、gNB-DU配置更新消息gNB-DU configuration update、gNB-CU-UP E1建立请求消息gNB-CU-UP E1 setup request、gNB-CU-CP E1建立请求消息gNB-CU-CP E1 setup request消息等。It should be understood that the information carried in the NG setup request response message or the RAN configuration update response message may also be carried in the setup and update messages of the Xn, F1, and E1 interfaces, for example, in the Xn setup request message Xn setup request , NG-RAN node configuration update message NG-RAN node configuration update, F1 setup request message F1 setup request, gNB-DU configuration update message gNB-DU configuration update, gNB-CU-UP E1 setup request message gNB-CU-UP E1 setup request, gNB-CU-CP E1 setup request message gNB-CU-CP E1 setup request message, etc.

可选的,在所述步骤S402之前,RAN可以向H-AMF发送NG建立请求消息(NG setup request)或RAN配置更新(RAN configuration update)消息,RAN可以向H-AMF发送NG建立请求消息(NG setup request)或RAN配置更新(RAN configuration update)消息可以参考方法中的步骤S302,此处不再赘述。Optionally, before the step S402, the RAN may send an NG setup request message (NG setup request) or a RAN configuration update (RAN configuration update) message to the H-AMF, and the RAN may send an NG setup request message ( For the NG setup request) or RAN configuration update (RAN configuration update) message, reference may be made to step S302 in the method, which will not be repeated here.

S403,UE向RAN发送接入消息,所述接入消息中携带V-SNPN的标识SNPN ID,以告知RAN UE选择接入V-SNPN。S403, the UE sends an access message to the RAN, where the access message carries the identification SNPN ID of the V-SNPN to inform the RAN that the UE chooses to access the V-SNPN.

S404,RAN基于UE在步骤S403中上报的V-SNPN ID选择V-AMF,并向V-AMF发送Initial UE message消息,消息中携带V-SNPN ID。S404, the RAN selects a V-AMF based on the V-SNPN ID reported by the UE in step S403, and sends an Initial UE message to the V-AMF, and the message carries the V-SNPN ID.

S405,V-AMF基于V-SNPN ID以及V-AMF处预先和归属网络或OAM沟通的信息(例如,V-AMF基于V-SNPN ID在V-UDM中未鉴权成功,便可得知UE需要进行外部鉴权),重新将UE定向到H-AMF,向RAN发送初始上下文建立请求(initial context setup request)或错误指示(error indication)消息,消息中携带以下至少一项:cause value、selected V-SNPN ID所支持的外部鉴权的SP IDs、或selected V-SNPN ID所支持的外部鉴权的Roaming Group IDs。其中Cause value指示UE请求接入的V-SNPN需要外部鉴权,需要将UE重新定向到另一个AMF。selected V-SNPN ID所支持的外部鉴权的SP IDs或Roaming Group IDs用以指示重新定向的AMF所支持的SP IDs或Roaming Group IDs。S405, the V-AMF is based on the V-SNPN ID and the information previously communicated with the home network or OAM at the V-AMF (for example, if the V-AMF fails to authenticate successfully in the V-UDM based on the V-SNPN ID, it can know that the UE External authentication is required), redirect the UE to the H-AMF, send an initial context setup request or an error indication message to the RAN, and the message carries at least one of the following: cause value, selected Externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the V-SNPN ID, or externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the selected V-SNPN ID. The Cause value indicates that the V-SNPN that the UE requests to access requires external authentication, and the UE needs to be redirected to another AMF. The externally authenticated SP IDs or Roaming Group IDs supported by the selected V-SNPN ID are used to indicate the SP IDs or Roaming Group IDs supported by the redirected AMF.

S406,RAN基于步骤S402和步骤S405,重新选择H-AMF。具体而言,在步骤S402中,RAN可以获知通过H-AMF支持的哪些SP ID或Roaming Group ID进行外部鉴权可以接入哪些SNPN ID所标识的网络,在步骤S405中RAN可以获知需要进行外部鉴权的SP ID或Roaming Group ID或SNPN ID,根据S405和S402来选择H-AMF。S406, the RAN reselects the H-AMF based on steps S402 and S405. Specifically, in step S402, the RAN can learn which SP IDs or Roaming Group IDs supported by the H-AMF can be used for external authentication to access the networks identified by the SNPN IDs. In step S405, the RAN can learn that external authentication is required. The authenticated SP ID or Roaming Group ID or SNPN ID, select the H-AMF according to S405 and S402.

RAN向H-AMF发送初始UE消息(initial UE message),消息中携带以下至少一项:UE所选择接入的selected SNPN ID、SP ID、或Roaming Group ID。The RAN sends an initial UE message (initial UE message) to the H-AMF, and the message carries at least one of the following: the selected SNPN ID, SP ID, or Roaming Group ID selected by the UE to access.

S407,H-AMF联系归属网络的UDM、AUSF等网元,以对UE进行鉴权,并根据鉴权结果向所述RAN发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权成功或失败。S407, the H-AMF contacts the network elements such as UDM and AUSF of the home network to authenticate the UE, and sends a first message to the RAN according to the authentication result, where the first message is used to indicate the Authentication succeeded or failed.

可选的,若鉴权成功,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权成功,所述第一消息包括以下一个或多个参数:第三指示信息、第一归属网络标识SP ID、第一漫游组标识Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,其中,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示 所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。Optionally, if the authentication is successful, the first message is used to indicate that the terminal device is authenticated successfully, and the first message includes one or more of the following parameters: third indication information, first home network identifier SP ID, the first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, multiple SP IDs supported by the terminal device that can be externally authenticated, and multiple Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device that can be externally authenticated, wherein the third The indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the available attribution of the V-SNPN Network SP.

应理解,所述第一SP ID和/或所述第一Roaming Group ID也可以是SP ID列表和/或Roaming Group ID列表,标识本次访问可用的SP列表,其中指示信息#2也可为Cause value。It should be understood that the first SP ID and/or the first Roaming Group ID may also be a list of SP IDs and/or a list of Roaming Group IDs, identifying the SP list available for this visit, wherein the indication information #2 may also be Cause value.

应理解,H-AMF在鉴权时,可以通过归属网络的UDM获得所述UE支持的与本次访问的V-SNPN相关的可外部鉴权的所有SP ID和/或Roaming Group ID,该信息可以包含在移动性限制列表(Mobility Restriction List)中,以供RAN随后在该V-SNPN中将UE切换到另一个RAN下。It should be understood that when the H-AMF is authenticated, it can obtain all the externally authenticated SP IDs and/or Roaming Group IDs supported by the UE and related to the V-SNPN of this visit through the UDM of the home network, and this information can be Included in the Mobility Restriction List (Mobility Restriction List) for the RAN to subsequently handover the UE to another RAN in this V-SNPN.

可选的,所述第一消息中可携带以下UE上下文消息的至少一项:加密信息,UE标识信息如TMSI等。Optionally, the first message may carry at least one of the following UE context messages: encryption information, UE identification information such as TMSI, and the like.

通过H-AMF将核心网侧UE上下文消息转发给RAN,RAN将核心网侧UE上下文消息转发给V-AMF,实现通过RAN使得H-AMF和V-AMF之间的信息可以中转。The core network side UE context message is forwarded to the RAN through the H-AMF, and the RAN forwards the core network side UE context message to the V-AMF, so that the information between the H-AMF and the V-AMF can be transferred through the RAN.

上述信息可承载在上述消息的NGAP消息中,也可包含在上述消息的NAS信息中,或者包含在上述消息的H-AMF透传给V-AMF的消息中。The above-mentioned information may be carried in the NGAP message of the above-mentioned message, may also be included in the NAS information of the above-mentioned message, or contained in the message that the H-AMF of the above-mentioned message transparently transmits to the V-AMF.

可选的,所述第一消息为初始上下文建立请求(initial context setup request)或下行NAS传输Downlink NAS Transport消息,Optionally, the first message is an initial context setup request (initial context setup request) or a downlink NAS transmission Downlink NAS Transport message,

可选的,若鉴权失败,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权失败;所述第一消息包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权失败;所述无线接入网设备根据所述第一消息,释放与所述终端设备的连接。Optionally, if the authentication fails, the first message is used to indicate that the authentication of the terminal device fails; the first message includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the terminal device Access to the V-SNPN external authentication fails; the wireless access network device releases the connection with the terminal device according to the first message.

可选的,若鉴权失败,所述第一消息可以为错误指示(error indication)消息,错误指示(error indication)消息中携带所述第四指示信息,以指示所述终端设备外部鉴权失败。Optionally, if the authentication fails, the first message may be an error indication (error indication) message, and the error indication (error indication) message carries the fourth indication information to indicate that the external authentication of the terminal device fails. .

可选的,所述第四指示信息也可以为原因值。Optionally, the fourth indication information may also be a cause value.

S408,RAN根据所述第一消息向UE发送第二消息,所述第二消息用于告知所述终端设备鉴权成功或失败。S408: The RAN sends a second message to the UE according to the first message, where the second message is used to inform the terminal device that the authentication succeeds or fails.

可选的,若鉴权成功,所述第二消息用于告知所述终端设备鉴权成功,所述第二消息包括以下至少一个或多个参数:所述第三指示信息、第一归属网络标识SP ID、第一漫游组标识Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,其中,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。Optionally, if the authentication is successful, the second message is used to inform the terminal device that the authentication is successful, and the second message includes at least one or more of the following parameters: the third indication information, the first home network Identification SP ID, first roaming group identification Roaming Group ID, multiple SP IDs supported by the terminal device that can be externally authenticated, multiple Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device that can be externally authenticated, wherein the The third indication information is used to indicate that the external authentication of the terminal device to access the V-SNPN is successful, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to indicate that the terminal device is available to access the V-SNPN the home network SP.

应理解,SP ID和/或Roaming Group ID指示UE本次访问可用的SP,也可以是SP ID列表和/或Roaming Group ID列表,标识本次访问可用的SP列表。It should be understood that the SP ID and/or the Roaming Group ID indicate the available SPs for the UE to access this time, and may also be the SP ID list and/or the Roaming Group ID list, which identifies the available SP list for the current access.

消息中携带UE支持的可外部鉴权的所有SP ID列表和/或Roaming Group ID列表,以更新UE存储的可外部鉴权的列表信息,以供UE随后进行切换、小区重选、或小区选择。The message carries all externally authenticated SP ID lists and/or Roaming Group ID lists supported by the UE to update the externally authenticated list information stored by the UE for subsequent handover, cell reselection, or cell selection by the UE .

可选的,上述信息可承载在上述消息的AS消息中,也可包含在上述消息的NAS信息中。Optionally, the above information may be carried in the AS message of the above message, or may be included in the NAS information of the above message.

可选的,所述第二消息中可携带以下UE上下文消息的至少一项:加密信息,UE标识信息如TMSI等。Optionally, the second message may carry at least one of the following UE context messages: encryption information, UE identification information such as TMSI, and the like.

可选的,所述第二消息可以是RRC重配置(RRC Reconfiguration)消息或者下行信息转发(DL Information transfer)消息。Optionally, the second message may be an RRC reconfiguration (RRC Reconfiguration) message or a downlink information transfer (DL Information transfer) message.

可选的,若鉴权失败,所述第二消息用于告知所述终端设备鉴权失败,所述第二消息包括所述第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权失败。Optionally, if the authentication fails, the second message is used to inform the terminal device that the authentication fails, and the second message includes the fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the terminal The device fails to access the external authentication of the V-SNPN.

可选的,所述第二消息为RRC释放(RRC release)消息。Optionally, the second message is an RRC release (RRC release) message.

可选的,UE在收到所述第二消息后,将本次请求接入但鉴权失败的SP ID、Roaming Group ID、或SNPN ID在本地存储的信息中删除,例如,更新UE本地的"Equivalent Home Service Provider"列表或"Service Provider Controlled Network"列表,进行用户配置更新(UE configuration update,UCU)。Optionally, after receiving the second message, the UE deletes the SP ID, Roaming Group ID, or SNPN ID that requests access this time but the authentication fails in the locally stored information, for example, updates the UE's local ID. "Equivalent Home Service Provider" list or "Service Provider Controlled Network" list for user configuration update (UE configuration update, UCU).

S409,若鉴权成功,RAN向V-AMF发送初始UE消息(Initial UE Message)或上行NAS传输(Uplink NAS Transport),所述初始UE消息或者上行NAS传输消息包括以下至少一个或多个参数:第五指示信息、第一归属网络标识SP ID、第一漫游组标识Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,其中,所述第五指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。S409, if the authentication succeeds, the RAN sends an initial UE message (Initial UE Message) or an uplink NAS transport (Uplink NAS Transport) to the V-AMF, where the initial UE message or the uplink NAS transport message includes at least one or more of the following parameters: Fifth indication information, the first home network identification SP ID, the first roaming group identification Roaming Group ID, multiple SP IDs supported by the terminal device that can be externally authenticated, and multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device. Roaming Group IDs, wherein the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device successfully accesses the V-SNPN external authentication, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to indicate that the The terminal device accesses the home network SP available to the V-SNPN.

应理解,所述SP ID和/或Roaming Group ID指示UE本次访问可用的SP,也可以是SP ID列表和/或Roaming Group ID列表,标识本次访问可用的SP列表。It should be understood that the SP ID and/or the Roaming Group ID indicate the available SPs for the UE to access this time, and may also be the SP ID list and/or the Roaming Group ID list, identifying the available SP list for the current access.

可选的,所述第五指示信息也可为Cause value。Optionally, the fifth indication information may also be a Cause value.

可选的,所述初始UE消息或者上行NAS传输消息中可携带UE支持的与本次访问的V-SNPN相关的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID列表,该信息可以包含在移动性限制列表(Mobility Restriction List)中,以供V-AMF随后在该V-SNPN中对UE执行切换过程。Optionally, the initial UE message or the uplink NAS transmission message may carry multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the UE and related to the V-SNPN visited this time, and externally authenticated supported by the terminal device. A list of multiple Roaming Group IDs, the information may be included in the Mobility Restriction List for the V-AMF to subsequently perform a handover procedure for the UE in the V-SNPN.

所述初始UE消息或者上行NAS传输消息中可携带以下步骤S205中RAN接收到的UE上下文消息的至少一项:加密信息,UE标识信息如TMSI等。The initial UE message or the uplink NAS transmission message may carry at least one of the following UE context messages received by the RAN in step S205: encryption information, UE identification information such as TMSI, and the like.

RAN将核心网侧UE上下文消息转发给V-AMF,以使V-AMF进行NAS层加密等。The RAN forwards the UE context message on the core network side to the V-AMF, so that the V-AMF performs NAS layer encryption and the like.

上述信息可承载在上述消息的NGAP消息中,也可包含在上述消息的NAS信息中,或者包含在上述消息的H-AMF透传给V-AMF的消息中。The above-mentioned information may be carried in the NGAP message of the above-mentioned message, may also be included in the NAS information of the above-mentioned message, or contained in the message that the H-AMF of the above-mentioned message transparently transmits to the V-AMF.

S410,UE向V-AMF发送NAS消息,所述NAS消息包括以下至少一个或多个参数:第五指示信息、第一归属网络标识SP ID、第一漫游组标识Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,其中,所述第五指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。S410, the UE sends a NAS message to the V-AMF, where the NAS message includes at least one or more of the following parameters: fifth indication information, the first home network identifier SP ID, the first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, the terminal equipment Supported multiple externally authenticated SP IDs and multiple externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device, wherein the fifth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN If the external authentication is successful, the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the available home network SP of the V-SNPN.

应理解,所述SP ID和/或Roaming Group ID指示UE本次访问可用的SP,也可以是SP ID列表和Roaming Group ID列表,标识本次访问可用的SP和Roaming Group。It should be understood that the SP ID and/or the Roaming Group ID indicate the available SPs for the UE to access this time, and may also be the SP ID list and the Roaming Group ID list, which identify the available SPs and Roaming Groups for this access.

可选的,所述第五指示信息也可为Cause value。Optionally, the fifth indication information may also be a Cause value.

可选的,所述NAS消息中可携带UE支持的与本次访问的V-SNPN相关的可外部鉴 权的所有SP ID列表和/或Roaming Group ID列表,该信息可以包含在移动性限制列表(Mobility Restriction List)中,以供V-AMF随后在该V-SNPN中对UE执行切换过程。Optionally, the NAS message can carry all the externally authenticated SP ID lists and/or Roaming Group ID lists related to the V-SNPN of this visit supported by the UE, and this information can be included in the mobility restriction list. (Mobility Restriction List) for the V-AMF to perform the handover procedure for the UE in the V-SNPN subsequently.

所述NAS消息中可携带以下步骤S205中RAN接收到的UE上下文消息的至少一项:加密信息,UE标识信息如TMSI等。The NAS message may carry at least one of the following UE context messages received by the RAN in step S205: encryption information, UE identification information such as TMSI, and the like.

UE将核心网侧UE上下文消息转发给V-AMF,以使V-AMF进行NAS层加密等。The UE forwards the core network side UE context message to the V-AMF, so that the V-AMF performs NAS layer encryption and the like.

应理解,步骤S409与步骤S410为并列的步骤,可以只进行S409或S410,也可以同时进行S409和S410。It should be understood that step S409 and step S410 are parallel steps, and only S409 or S410 may be performed, or S409 and S410 may be performed simultaneously.

在本申请实施例中,V-AMF预先与归属网络或者OAM交互,获知H-AMF所支持的SP ID或Roaming Group ID;RAN默认选择V-AMF,V-AMF对UE进行重定向,并告知RAN,RAN重新选择H-AMF进行鉴权。In the embodiment of this application, the V-AMF interacts with the home network or OAM in advance to learn the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by the H-AMF; the RAN selects the V-AMF by default, and the V-AMF redirects the UE and informs RAN, RAN re-selects H-AMF for authentication.

下面结合图6详细说明本申请提供的一种通信方法,图6是本申请实施例的一种通信方法500的示意性流程图,该方法500可以应用在图1或图3所示的场景中,当然也可以应用在其他通信场景中,本申请实施例在此不作限制。The following describes a communication method provided by the present application in detail with reference to FIG. 6 . FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 500 according to an embodiment of the present application. The method 500 may be applied in the scenario shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 3 . , of course, it can also be applied in other communication scenarios, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.

还应理解,在本申请实施例中,以终端设备、无线接入网设备和核心网网元设备作为执行方法的执行主体为例,对方法进行说明。作为示例而非限定,执行方法的执行主体也可以是应用于终端设备、无线接入网设备和核心网网元设备的芯片、芯片系统、或处理器等。It should also be understood that, in the embodiments of the present application, the method is described by taking a terminal device, a wireless access network device, and a core network network element device as an example for executing the method. As an example but not a limitation, the execution subject of the execution method may also be a chip, a chip system, or a processor or the like applied to a terminal device, a wireless access network device, and a core network element device.

如图6所示,图6中示出的方法500可以包括S501至S508。下面结合图6详细说明方法500中的各个步骤。As shown in FIG. 6, the method 500 shown in FIG. 6 may include S501 to S508. Each step in the method 500 will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 6 .

S501,V-AMF向RAN发送NG建立请求响应消息(NG setup response)或RAN配置更新响应(RAN configuration update acknowledge)消息,所述消息可以携带以下信息:S501, the V-AMF sends an NG setup request response message (NG setup response) or a RAN configuration update response (RAN configuration update acknowledge) message to the RAN, and the message may carry the following information:

SNPN ID,所述SNPN ID的优先级信息和所述第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述SNPN ID所标识的SNPN是否支持通过外部鉴权访问,所述SNPN ID用以标识所述V-AMF支持的通过外部鉴权可接入的SNPN网络;或SNPN ID, priority information of the SNPN ID and the first indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate whether the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID supports access through external authentication, and the SNPN ID is used to Identifies the SNPN network supported by the V-AMF and accessible through external authentication; or

SNPN ID、所述SNPN ID的优先级信息和以下至少一项参数以及所述参数的优先级信息:SP ID和所述SP ID的优先级信息,或Roaming Group ID和所述Roaming Group ID的优先级信息,以指示通过SP ID或Roaming Group ID所对应的网络进行外部鉴权可访问SNPN ID所标识的SNPN,所述SP ID或Roaming Group ID为所述RAN支持的SP或Roaming Group,所述SNPN ID用标识V-AMF可以通过所述SP ID或Roaming Group ID标识的网络进行外部鉴权来接入的SNPN网络;或The SNPN ID, the priority information of the SNPN ID and at least one of the following parameters and the priority information of the parameter: the priority information of the SP ID and the SP ID, or the priority of the Roaming Group ID and the Roaming Group ID level information to indicate that the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID can be accessed by performing external authentication through the network corresponding to the SP ID or Roaming Group ID, where the SP ID or Roaming Group ID is the SP or Roaming Group supported by the RAN, and the The SNPN ID is used to identify the SNPN network that the V-AMF can access through external authentication through the network identified by the SP ID or Roaming Group ID; or

以下至少一项参数以及所述参数的优先级信息:SP ID和所述SP ID的优先级信息,或Roaming Group ID和所述Roaming Group ID的优先级信息,SP ID和Roaming Group ID以指示RAN所支持的SP ID和Roaming Group ID,所述SP ID或Roaming Group ID为所述RAN支持的SP或Roaming Group。At least one of the following parameters and priority information of said parameters: SP ID and priority information of said SP ID, or priority information of Roaming Group ID and said Roaming Group ID, SP ID and Roaming Group ID to indicate the RAN Supported SP ID and Roaming Group ID, the SP ID or Roaming Group ID is the SP or Roaming Group supported by the RAN.

上述携带的信息,可以指示RAN所述AMF下配置的一个TA、一个小区、一个RAN、或一个SNPN所支持的SP ID或Roaming Group ID。The information carried above may indicate the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by a TA, a cell, a RAN, or a SNPN configured under the AMF described in the RAN.

应理解,所述NG建立请求响应消息或所述RAN配置更新响应消息中所携带的信息,也可以在Xn、F1、E1接口的建立和更新消息中携带,例如在Xn建立请求消息Xn setup request、NG-RAN节点配置更新消息NG-RAN node configuration update、F1建立请求消 息F1 setup request、gNB-DU配置更新消息gNB-DU configuration update、gNB-CU-UP E1建立请求消息gNB-CU-UP E1 setup request、gNB-CU-CP E1建立请求消息gNB-CU-CP E1 setup request消息等。It should be understood that the information carried in the NG setup request response message or the RAN configuration update response message may also be carried in the setup and update messages of the Xn, F1, and E1 interfaces, for example, in the Xn setup request message Xn setup request , NG-RAN node configuration update message NG-RAN node configuration update, F1 setup request message F1 setup request, gNB-DU configuration update message gNB-DU configuration update, gNB-CU-UP E1 setup request message gNB-CU-UP E1 setup request, gNB-CU-CP E1 setup request message gNB-CU-CP E1 setup request message, etc.

S502,H-AMF向RAN发送NG建立请求响应消息(NG setup response)或RAN配置更新响应(RAN configuration update acknowledge)消息。具体消息内容可以参考S401,此处不再赘述。S502, the H-AMF sends an NG setup request response message (NG setup response) or a RAN configuration update response (RAN configuration update acknowledge) message to the RAN. The specific message content may refer to S401, which will not be repeated here.

应理解,在步骤S501和步骤S502之前,所述RAN可以向V-AMF发送NG建立请求消息(NG setup request)或RAN配置更新(RAN configuration update)消息,所述RAN可以向H-AMF发送NG建立请求消息(NG setup request)或RAN配置更新(RAN configuration update)消息,该步骤可以参考方法300中的相关步骤,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that before step S501 and step S502, the RAN may send an NG setup request message (NG setup request) or a RAN configuration update (RAN configuration update) message to the V-AMF, and the RAN may send an NG to the H-AMF For a setup request message (NG setup request) or a RAN configuration update (RAN configuration update) message, reference may be made to the relevant steps in method 300 for this step, which will not be repeated here.

S503,UE向RAN发送接入消息,所述接入消息包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于告知所述无线接入网设备所述终端设备通过归属网络鉴权接入V-SNPN。所述第一信息为SNPN ID和所述SNPN ID所对应的优先级信息。S503: The UE sends an access message to the RAN, where the access message includes first information, where the first information is used to inform the radio access network device that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN through home network authentication. The first information is the SNPN ID and the priority information corresponding to the SNPN ID.

S504,RAN基于UE在S503中上报的SNPN ID、优先级等信息,以及步骤S501、S502中收到的各个AMF所支持的网络信息,选择AMF(以选择了H-AMF为例),并向H-AMF发送Initial UE message消息,消息中携带以下一个或多个参数:V-SNPN ID、SP ID、Roaming Group ID、或优先级信息。S504, the RAN selects an AMF (taking H-AMF as an example) based on the SNPN ID, priority and other information reported by the UE in S503, and the network information supported by each AMF received in steps S501 and S502, and sends the The H-AMF sends an Initial UE message, which carries one or more of the following parameters: V-SNPN ID, SP ID, Roaming Group ID, or priority information.

具体而言,如果UE要接入的SNPN的优先级和H-AMF所支持的网络的优先级一致,则选择H-AMF;如果UE要接入的SNPN的优先级和V-AMF所支持的网络的优先级一致,则选择V-AMF。例如,UE要接入的SNPN的优先级为1,H-AMF所支持的网络的优先级为1,V-AMF所支持的网络的优先级为2,则选择H-AMF进行鉴权。Specifically, if the priority of the SNPN to be accessed by the UE is consistent with the priority of the network supported by the H-AMF, the H-AMF is selected; if the priority of the SNPN to be accessed by the UE is the same as the priority of the network supported by the V-AMF If the priorities of the networks are the same, V-AMF is selected. For example, the priority of the SNPN to be accessed by the UE is 1, the priority of the network supported by H-AMF is 1, and the priority of the network supported by V-AMF is 2, then H-AMF is selected for authentication.

S505,H-AMF联系H-UDM、H-AUSF等网元,以对UE进行鉴权,并根据鉴权结果向所述RAN发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权成功或失败。S505, the H-AMF contacts network elements such as H-UDM, H-AUSF, etc. to authenticate the UE, and sends a first message to the RAN according to the authentication result, where the first message is used to indicate that the terminal Device authentication succeeded or failed.

可选的,若鉴权成功,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权成功,所述第一消息包括以下至少一个或多个参数:第三指示信息、第一归属网络标识SP ID、第一漫游组标识Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,其中,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。Optionally, if the authentication is successful, the first message is used to indicate that the authentication of the terminal device is successful, and the first message includes at least one or more of the following parameters: third indication information, first home network identifier SP ID, the first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, multiple SP IDs supported by the terminal device that can be externally authenticated, and multiple Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device that can be externally authenticated, wherein the first roaming group ID The three indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN available Home network SP.

应理解,所述第一SP ID和/或所述第一Roaming Group ID也可以是SP ID列表和/或Roaming Group ID列表,标识本次访问可用的SP列表,其中指示信息#2也可为Cause value。It should be understood that the first SP ID and/or the first Roaming Group ID may also be a list of SP IDs and/or a list of Roaming Group IDs, identifying the SP list available for this visit, wherein the indication information #2 may also be Cause value.

应理解,H-AMF在鉴权时,可以通过归属网络的UDM获得所述UE支持的与本次访问的V-SNPN相关的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,该信息可以包含在移动性限制列表(Mobility Restriction List)中,以供RAN随后在该V-SNPN中将UE切换到另一个RAN下。It should be understood that when the H-AMF is authenticated, it can obtain, through the UDM of the home network, a plurality of externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the UE and related to the V-SNPN of the current visit, and externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device. Multiple Roaming Group IDs authenticated, the information can be included in the Mobility Restriction List for the RAN to switch the UE to another RAN later in the V-SNPN.

可选的,所述第一消息中可携带以下UE上下文消息的至少一项:加密信息,UE标识信息如TMSI等。Optionally, the first message may carry at least one of the following UE context messages: encryption information, UE identification information such as TMSI, and the like.

通过H-AMF将核心网侧UE上下文消息转发给RAN,RAN将核心网侧UE上下文消 息转发给V-AMF,实现通过RAN使得H-AMF和V-AMF之间的信息可以中转。The core network side UE context message is forwarded to the RAN through the H-AMF, and the RAN forwards the core network side UE context message to the V-AMF, so that the information between the H-AMF and the V-AMF can be transferred through the RAN.

上述信息可承载在上述消息的NGAP消息中,也可包含在上述消息的NAS信息中,或者包含在上述消息的H-AMF透传给V-AMF的消息中。The above-mentioned information may be carried in the NGAP message of the above-mentioned message, may also be included in the NAS information of the above-mentioned message, or contained in the message that the H-AMF of the above-mentioned message transparently transmits to the V-AMF.

可选的,所述第一消息为初始上下文建立请求(initial context setup request)或下行NAS传输Downlink NAS Transport消息,Optionally, the first message is an initial context setup request (initial context setup request) or a downlink NAS transmission Downlink NAS Transport message,

可选的,若鉴权失败,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权失败;所述第一消息包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权失败;所述无线接入网设备根据所述第一消息,释放与所述终端设备的连接。Optionally, if the authentication fails, the first message is used to indicate that the authentication of the terminal device fails; the first message includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the terminal device Access to the V-SNPN external authentication fails; the wireless access network device releases the connection with the terminal device according to the first message.

可选的,若鉴权失败,所述第一消息可以为错误指示(error indication)消息,错误指示(error indication)消息中携带所述第四指示信息,以指示所述终端设备外部鉴权失败。Optionally, if the authentication fails, the first message may be an error indication (error indication) message, and the error indication (error indication) message carries the fourth indication information to indicate that the external authentication of the terminal device fails. .

可选的,所述第四指示信息也可以为原因值。Optionally, the fourth indication information may also be a cause value.

S506,若鉴权失败,RAN基于步骤S504和步骤S505重新选择另一个AMF(以V-AMF为例),向V-AMF发送初始UE消息(initial UE message),消息中携带以下至少一项:UE所选择接入的selected SNPN ID、SP ID、Roaming Group ID、或优先级信息。若鉴权失败,RAN再重选第三个AMF,以此类推,直至成功。S506, if the authentication fails, the RAN reselects another AMF (taking V-AMF as an example) based on steps S504 and S505, and sends an initial UE message (initial UE message) to the V-AMF, and the message carries at least one of the following: The selected SNPN ID, SP ID, Roaming Group ID, or priority information that the UE selects to access. If the authentication fails, the RAN will re-select the third AMF, and so on, until it succeeds.

应理解,S504和S506可同时发送,即RAN并行向多个AMF发送消息,使多个AMF同步鉴权UE,以减少串行联系AMF导致的时延。It should be understood that S504 and S506 can be sent at the same time, that is, the RAN sends messages to multiple AMFs in parallel, so that the multiple AMFs can authenticate the UE synchronously, so as to reduce the delay caused by serially contacting the AMFs.

还应理解,在鉴权成功时,进项鉴权的AMF可以向RAN发送第一消息,所述第一消息可以参考方法300和方法300中的描述,此处不再赘述。It should also be understood that, when the authentication succeeds, the AMF for the incoming authentication may send a first message to the RAN, and the first message may refer to the description in the method 300 and the method 300, which will not be repeated here.

还应理解,在RAN收到AMF发送的第一消息时,RAN基于所述第一消息向UE发送第二消息,所述第二消息可以参考方法300和方法400中的描述,此处不再赘述。It should also be understood that when the RAN receives the first message sent by the AMF, the RAN sends a second message to the UE based on the first message. For the second message, reference may be made to the descriptions in the method 300 and the method 400, which are not repeated here. Repeat.

在本申请实施例中,各个AMF告知RAN其各自所支持的SP ID、Roaming Group ID、优先级等信息;RAN基于AMF告知的信息,以及UE上报的信息,选择AMF。In the embodiment of the present application, each AMF informs the RAN of information such as SP ID, Roaming Group ID, and priority that it supports; the RAN selects the AMF based on the information notified by the AMF and the information reported by the UE.

以上结合图1至图6对本申请实施例的一种通信方法做了详细说明。以下结合图7至图9对本申请实施例通信装置进行详细说明。A communication method according to an embodiment of the present application has been described in detail above with reference to FIG. 1 to FIG. 6 . The communication device according to the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 7 to FIG. 9 .

图7示出了本申请实施例的通信装置600的示意性框图。FIG. 7 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus 600 according to an embodiment of the present application.

一些实施例中,该装置600可以为终端设备,也可以为芯片或电路,比如可设置于终端设备的芯片或电路。In some embodiments, the apparatus 600 may be a terminal device, or may be a chip or a circuit, for example, a chip or a circuit that can be provided in the terminal device.

一些实施例中,该装置600可以为无线接入网设备,也可以为芯片或电路,比如可设置于无线接入网设备的芯片或电路。In some embodiments, the apparatus 600 may be a wireless access network device, or may be a chip or a circuit, for example, a chip or a circuit that may be provided in a wireless access network device.

一种可能的方式中,该装置600可以包括处理单元610(即,处理器的一例)和收发单元630,所述收发单元630可以实现接收单元和发送单元的功能。一些可能的实现方式中,处理单元610还可以称为确定单元。一些可能的实现方式中,收发单元630可以包括接收单元和发送单元。In a possible manner, the apparatus 600 may include a processing unit 610 (ie, an example of a processor) and a transceiving unit 630, and the transceiving unit 630 may implement the functions of a receiving unit and a transmitting unit. In some possible implementations, the processing unit 610 may also be referred to as a determination unit. In some possible implementations, the transceiver unit 630 may include a receiving unit and a sending unit.

在一种实现方式中,收发单元630可以通过收发器或者收发器相关电路或者接口电路实现。In an implementation manner, the transceiver unit 630 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit or an interface circuit.

在一种实现方式中,该装置还可以包括存储单元620。一种可能的方式中,该存储单元620用于存储指令。在一种实现方式中,该存储单元也可以用于存储数据或者信息。存储单元620可以通过存储器实现。In one implementation, the apparatus may further include a storage unit 620 . In a possible manner, the storage unit 620 is used to store instructions. In one implementation, the storage unit may also be used to store data or information. The storage unit 620 may be implemented by a memory.

一些可能的设计中,该处理单元610用于执行该存储单元620存储的指令,以使装置600实现如上述方法中终端设备执行的步骤。或者,该处理单元610可以用于调用存储单元620的数据,以使装置600实现如上述方法中终端设备执行的步骤。In some possible designs, the processing unit 610 is configured to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit 620, so that the apparatus 600 implements the steps performed by the terminal device in the above method. Alternatively, the processing unit 610 may be configured to call the data of the storage unit 620, so that the apparatus 600 implements the steps performed by the terminal device in the above method.

一些可能的设计中,该处理单元610用于执行该存储单元620存储的指令,以使装置600实现如上述方法中无线接入网设备执行的步骤。或者,该处理单元610可以用于调用存储单元620的数据,以使装置600实现如上述方法中无线接入网设备执行的步骤。In some possible designs, the processing unit 610 is configured to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit 620, so that the apparatus 600 implements the steps performed by the radio access network device in the above method. Alternatively, the processing unit 610 may be configured to call the data of the storage unit 620, so that the apparatus 600 implements the steps performed by the radio access network device in the above method.

例如,该处理单元610、存储单元620、收发单元630可以通过内部连接通路互相通信,传递控制和/或数据信号。例如,该存储单元620用于存储计算机程序,该处理单元610可以用于从该存储单元620中调用并运行该计算计程序,以控制收发单元630接收信号和/或发送信号,完成上述方法中终端设备或无线接入网设备的步骤。该存储单元620可以集成在处理单元610中,也可以与处理单元610分开设置。For example, the processing unit 610, the storage unit 620, and the transceiver unit 630 can communicate with each other through an internal connection path to transmit control and/or data signals. For example, the storage unit 620 is used to store a computer program, and the processing unit 610 can be used to call and run the computer program from the storage unit 620 to control the transceiver unit 630 to receive signals and/or send signals, and complete the above method. Steps for terminal equipment or radio access network equipment. The storage unit 620 may be integrated in the processing unit 610 , or may be provided separately from the processing unit 610 .

可选地,若该装置600为通信设备(例如,终端设备,或无线接入网设备),该收发单元630包括接收器和发送器。其中,接收器和发送器可以为相同或者不同的物理实体。为相同的物理实体时,可以统称为收发器。Optionally, if the apparatus 600 is a communication device (for example, a terminal device, or a wireless access network device), the transceiver unit 630 includes a receiver and a transmitter. The receiver and the transmitter may be the same or different physical entities. When they are the same physical entity, they can be collectively referred to as transceivers.

当该装置600为终端设备或者该装置为无线接入网设备或核心网设备时,收发单元630在发送信息时可以为发送单元或发射器,收发单元630在接收信息时可以为接收单元或接收器,收发单元可以为收发器,此收发器、发射器或接收器可以为射频电路,当该装置包含存储单元时,该存储单元用于存储计算机指令,该处理器与存储器通信连接,处理器执行存储器存储的计算机指令,使该装置可以执行方法200、方法500或者方法600。其中,处理器可以是一个通用中央处理器(CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(Application Specific Intergrated Circuit,ASIC)。When the apparatus 600 is a terminal device or the apparatus is a wireless access network device or a core network device, the transceiver unit 630 may be a sending unit or a transmitter when sending information, and the transceiver unit 630 may be a receiving unit or a receiving unit when receiving information The transceiver, the transceiver unit can be a transceiver, the transceiver, the transmitter or the receiver can be a radio frequency circuit, when the device includes a storage unit, the storage unit is used to store computer instructions, the processor is communicatively connected to the memory, the processor The computer instructions stored in the memory are executed to cause the apparatus to perform the method 200, the method 500 or the method 600. The processor may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, or an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC).

可选地,若该装置600为芯片或电路,该收发单元630包括输入接口和输出接口。Optionally, if the device 600 is a chip or a circuit, the transceiver unit 630 includes an input interface and an output interface.

当该装置600为芯片时,收发单元630可以是输入和/或输出接口、管脚或电路等。该处理单元610可执行存储单元存储的计算机执行指令,以使该装置可以执行方法200、方法500或者方法600。可选地,所述存储单元为所述芯片内的存储单元,如寄存器、缓存等,所述存储单元还可以是所述终端内的位于所述芯片外部的存储单元,如只读存储器(Read Only Memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)等。When the device 600 is a chip, the transceiver unit 630 may be an input and/or output interface, a pin or a circuit, or the like. The processing unit 610 can execute computer-executable instructions stored in the storage unit, so that the apparatus can perform the method 200 , the method 500 or the method 600 . Optionally, the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc., and the storage unit may also be a storage unit in the terminal located outside the chip, such as a read-only memory (Read Only Memory). Only Memory, ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), etc.

作为一种实现方式,收发单元630的功能可以考虑通过收发电路或者收发的专用芯片实现。处理单元610可以考虑通过专用处理芯片、处理电路、处理单元或者通用芯片实现。As an implementation manner, the function of the transceiver unit 630 may be implemented by a transceiver circuit or a dedicated chip for transceiver. The processing unit 610 can be considered to be implemented by a dedicated processing chip, a processing circuit, a processing unit or a general-purpose chip.

作为另一种实现方式,可以考虑使用通用计算机的方式来实现本申请实施例提供的通信设备(例如终端设备,或无线接入网设备)。即将实现处理单元610、收发单元630功能的程序代码存储在存储单元620中,通用处理单元通过执行存储单元620中的代码来实现处理单元610、收发单元630的功能。As another implementation manner, a general-purpose computer may be used to implement the communication device (for example, a terminal device, or a wireless access network device) provided in this embodiment of the present application. The program codes that will implement the functions of the processing unit 610 and the transceiver unit 630 are stored in the storage unit 620 , and the general processing unit implements the functions of the processing unit 610 and the transceiver unit 630 by executing the codes in the storage unit 620 .

一些实施例中,装置600可以为终端设备,或设置于终端设备的芯片或电路。当装置600为终端设备,或设置于终端设备的芯片或电路时,收发单元630用于向无线接入网设备发送接入消息,所述接入消息包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于告知所述无线接入网设备所述终端设备通过归属网络鉴权接入所述V-SNPN;接收单元630还用于接收所述无线接入网设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权成功或失败。In some embodiments, the apparatus 600 may be a terminal device, or a chip or circuit provided in the terminal device. When the apparatus 600 is a terminal device, or a chip or circuit provided in the terminal device, the transceiver unit 630 is configured to send an access message to the wireless access network device, where the access message includes first information, and the first information is used for To inform the wireless access network device that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN through home network authentication; the receiving unit 630 is further configured to receive a first message sent by the wireless access network device, the first message The message is used to indicate success or failure of authentication to the terminal device.

在一种实现方式中,所述第一信息包括以下至少一个或多个参数:独立的非公网络标识SNPN ID、归属网络标识SP ID、漫游组标识Roaming Group ID或第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述SNPN ID、所述SP ID或所述Roaming Group ID;或者,所述第一信息包括SNPN ID和所述终端设备需要进行鉴权的网络的优先级信息。In an implementation manner, the first information includes at least one or more of the following parameters: an independent non-public network identifier SNPN ID, a home network identifier SP ID, a roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, or first indication information, the The first indication information is used to indicate the SNPN ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID; or, the first information includes the SNPN ID and the priority information of the network that the terminal device needs to authenticate.

在一种实现方式中,所述接入消息为无线资源控制RRC建立完成或RRC建立请求消息。In an implementation manner, the access message is a radio resource control RRC setup complete or RRC setup request message.

在一种实现方式中,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权成功,所述第一消息包括以下一个或多个参数:第二指示信息、第一SP ID、第一Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID和所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,其中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和/或所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问可用的归属网络SP。In an implementation manner, the first message is used to indicate that the terminal device is successfully authenticated, and the first message includes one or more of the following parameters: second indication information, first SP ID, first Roaming Group ID, multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device, and multiple externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device, wherein the second indication information is used to indicate the terminal The external authentication of the device accessing the V-SNPN is successful, and the first SP ID and/or the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access an available home network SP.

在一种实现方式中,所述第一消息还包括所述终端设备的上下文信息。In an implementation manner, the first message further includes context information of the terminal device.

在一种实现方式中,所述第一消息为RRC重配置消息或者下行信息转发消息。In an implementation manner, the first message is an RRC reconfiguration message or a downlink information forwarding message.

在一种实现方式中,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权失败,所述第一消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权失败;所述终端设备还包括处理单元,用于根据所述第一消息,删除本地存储的以下一个或多个参数:独立的非公网络标识SNPN ID、归属网络标识SP ID或漫游组标识Roaming Group ID。In an implementation manner, the first message is used to indicate that the authentication of the terminal device fails, and the first message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to access the The V-SNPN external authentication fails; the terminal device also includes a processing unit for deleting the following one or more parameters stored locally according to the first message: independent non-public network identifier SNPN ID, home network identifier SP ID or Roaming Group ID.

在一种实现方式中,所述第一消息为RRC释放消息。In an implementation manner, the first message is an RRC release message.

在一种实现方式中,所述发送单元630还用于向拜访网络中的接入和移动管理功能V-AMF发送初始UE消息或者上行NAS传输消息,所述初始UE消息或者上行NAS传输消息包括以下一个或多个参数:第四指示信息、第一归属网络标识SP ID、第一漫游组标识Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID和所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,其中,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和/或所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。In an implementation manner, the sending unit 630 is further configured to send an initial UE message or an uplink NAS transmission message to the access and mobility management function V-AMF in the visited network, where the initial UE message or the uplink NAS transmission message includes One or more of the following parameters: fourth indication information, first home network identifier SP ID, first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device and supported by the terminal device multiple Roaming Group IDs that can be externally authenticated, wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN externally authenticated successfully, and the first SP ID and/or the first SP ID and/or the third A Roaming Group ID is used to instruct the terminal device to access the available home network SP of the V-SNPN.

当该装置600配置在或本身即为终端设备时,装置600中各模块或单元可以用于执行上述方法中终端设备所执行的各动作或处理过程,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其详细说明。When the apparatus 600 is configured in or is itself a terminal device, each module or unit in the apparatus 600 can be used to perform various actions or processing procedures performed by the terminal device in the above method.

一些实施例中,装置600可以为无线接入网设备,或设置于无线接入网设备的芯片或电路。当装置600为无线接入网设备,或设置于无线接入网设备的芯片或电路时,收发单元630用于接收终端设备发送的接入消息,所述接入消息包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于告知所述无线接入网设备所述终端设备通过归属网络鉴权接入所述V-SNPN;处理单元610用于根据所述第一信息,选择接入和移动管理功能AMF,选择的所述AMF为拜访独立的非公网络中的V-AMF或者归属网络的H-AMF;所述收发单元630还用于接收H-AMF发送的第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权成功或失败;所述收发单元630用于根据所述第一消息,向所述终端设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息用于告知所述终端设备鉴权成功或失败。In some embodiments, the apparatus 600 may be a wireless access network device, or a chip or circuit provided in the wireless access network device. When the apparatus 600 is a wireless access network device, or a chip or circuit provided in the wireless access network device, the transceiver unit 630 is configured to receive an access message sent by the terminal device, where the access message includes the first information, the The first information is used to inform the wireless access network device that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN through home network authentication; the processing unit 610 is configured to select the access and mobility management function AMF according to the first information , the selected AMF is the V-AMF in the visited independent non-public network or the H-AMF of the home network; the transceiver unit 630 is further configured to receive the first message sent by the H-AMF, and the first message uses to indicate success or failure of authentication to the terminal device; the transceiver unit 630 is configured to send a second message to the terminal device according to the first message, where the second message is used to inform the terminal device of authentication success or failure.

在一种实现方式中,所述第一信息包括以下一个或多个参数:独立的非公网络标识 SNPN ID、归属网络标识SP ID、漫游组标识Roaming Group ID或第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述SNPN ID、所述SP ID或所述Roaming Group ID;或者,所述第一信息包括SNPN ID和所述终端设备需要进行鉴权的网络的优先级信息。In an implementation manner, the first information includes one or more of the following parameters: an independent non-public network identifier SNPN ID, a home network identifier SP ID, a roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, or first indication information, the first An indication information is used to indicate the SNPN ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID; or, the first information includes the SNPN ID and the priority information of the network that the terminal device needs to authenticate.

在一种实现方式中,所述处理单元610具体用于:当所述第一信息只包括所述SNPN ID时,选择拜访网络独立的非公网络V-SNPN中的接入和移动管理功能V-AMF;或者,当所述第一信息包括所述SNPN ID和所述SP ID以及所述Roaming Group ID中的至少一个参数时,选择归属网络中的接入和移动管理功能H-AMF;或者,当所述第一信息包括所述SP ID和/或所述Roaming Group ID时,选择归属网络中的接入和移动管理功能H-AMF;或者,当所述第一信息包括独立的非公网络标识和所述终端设备需要进行鉴权的网络的优先级信息,根据V-AMF和H-AMF所支持的网络的优先级信息,选择接入和移动管理功能。In an implementation manner, the processing unit 610 is specifically configured to: when the first information only includes the SNPN ID, select the access and mobility management function V in the non-public network V-SNPN independent of the visited network -AMF; or, when the first information includes at least one parameter in the SNPN ID and the SP ID and the Roaming Group ID, select the access and mobility management function H-AMF in the home network; or , when the first information includes the SP ID and/or the Roaming Group ID, select the access and mobility management function H-AMF in the home network; or, when the first information includes an independent non-public The network identifier and the priority information of the network that the terminal device needs to authenticate, and the access and mobility management functions are selected according to the priority information of the network supported by the V-AMF and the H-AMF.

在一种实现方式中,在所述选择拜访网络独立的非公网络V-SNPN中的接入和移动管理功能V-AMF后,所述收发单元630还用于接收所述V-AMF发送的第三消息,所示第三消息用于指示所述无线接入网设备重新选择所述H-AMF;所述处理单元610还用于根据所述第三消息,选择所述H-AMF。In an implementation manner, after selecting the access and mobility management function V-AMF in the non-public V-SNPN independent of the visited network, the transceiver unit 630 is further configured to receive the V-AMF sent by the V-AMF. The third message is used to instruct the wireless access network device to reselect the H-AMF; the processing unit 610 is further configured to select the H-AMF according to the third message.

在一种实现方式中,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权成功,所述第一消息包括以下一个或多个参数:第二指示信息、第一归属网络标识SP ID、第一漫游组标识Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID和所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,其中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和/或所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。In an implementation manner, the first message is used to indicate that the terminal device is successfully authenticated, and the first message includes one or more of the following parameters: second indication information, first home network identifier SP ID, The first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, a plurality of externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device, and a plurality of externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device, wherein the second indication information Used to indicate that the terminal equipment accesses the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and/or the first Roaming Group ID is used to indicate that the terminal equipment accesses the available attribution of the V-SNPN Network SP.

在一种实现方式中,所述第一消息还包括所述终端设备的上下文信息。In an implementation manner, the first message further includes context information of the terminal device.

结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一消息为初始上下文建立请求或下行NAS传输消息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the first message is an initial context establishment request or a downlink NAS transmission message.

在一种实现方式中,所述第二消息用于告知所述终端设备鉴权成功,所述第二消息包括以下一个或多个参数:第二指示信息、第一归属网络标识SP ID、第一漫游组标识Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID和所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,其中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和/或所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。In an implementation manner, the second message is used to inform the terminal device that the authentication is successful, and the second message includes one or more of the following parameters: second indication information, the first home network identifier SP ID, the first A roaming group ID, a plurality of externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device, and a plurality of externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device, wherein the second indication information uses To indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, the first SP ID and/or the first Roaming Group ID is used to instruct the terminal device to access the available home network of the V-SNPN SP.

在一种实现方式中,所述第二消息还包括所述终端设备的上下文信息。In an implementation manner, the second message further includes context information of the terminal device.

在一种实现方式中,所述第二消息为RRC重配置消息或者下行信息转发消息。In an implementation manner, the second message is an RRC reconfiguration message or a downlink information forwarding message.

在一种实现方式中,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权失败;所述第一消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权失败;所述处理单元还用于根据所述第一消息,释放与所述终端设备的连接。In an implementation manner, the first message is used to indicate that the authentication of the terminal device fails; the first message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to access the The V-SNPN external authentication fails; the processing unit is further configured to release the connection with the terminal device according to the first message.

在一种实现方式中,所述第二消息用于告知所述终端设备鉴权失败,所述第二消息包括所述第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权失败。In an implementation manner, the second message is used to inform the terminal device that authentication fails, and the second message includes the third indication information, and the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to access The external authentication of the V-SNPN fails.

在一种实现方式中,所述鉴权失败的消息为RRC释放消息。In an implementation manner, the authentication failure message is an RRC release message.

在一种实现方式中,所述收发单元630还用于:向V-AMF发送初始UE消息或者上行NAS传输消息,所述初始UE消息或者上行NAS传输消息包括以下一个或多个参数:第四指示信息、第一归属网络标识SP ID、第一漫游组标识Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID和所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,其中,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和/或所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。In an implementation manner, the transceiver unit 630 is further configured to: send an initial UE message or an uplink NAS transmission message to the V-AMF, where the initial UE message or uplink NAS transmission message includes one or more of the following parameters: fourth Indication information, the first home network identifier SP ID, the first roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device, and multiple externally authenticated Roaming supported by the terminal device Group ID, wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and/or the first Roaming Group ID is used to indicate the The terminal device accesses the home network SP available to the V-SNPN.

在一种实现方式中,所述初始UE消息或者上行NAS传输消息还包括所述终端设备的上下文信息。In an implementation manner, the initial UE message or the uplink NAS transmission message further includes context information of the terminal device.

在一种实现方式中,在所述接收终端设备发送的接入消息之前,所述收发单元630还用于:接收所述V-AMF和/或所述H-AMF发送的NG建立请求响应消息或RAN配置更新响应消息,所述NG建立请求响应消息或所述RAN配置更新响应消息包括:In an implementation manner, before receiving the access message sent by the terminal device, the transceiver unit 630 is further configured to: receive an NG setup request response message sent by the V-AMF and/or the H-AMF or a RAN configuration update response message, the NG setup request response message or the RAN configuration update response message includes:

所述SNPN ID和第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示所述SNPN ID所标识的SNPN是否支持通过外部鉴权访问;或者,所述SNPN ID和和以下一项参数:所述SP ID、或所述Roaming Group ID,所述SP ID、或所述Roaming Group ID指示通过SP ID或Roaming Group ID所对应的网络进行外部鉴权可访问SNPN ID所标识的SNPN;或者,以下一项参数:SP ID、或Roaming Group ID,所述SP ID、或所述Roaming Group ID指示所述V-AMF和/或H-AMF所支持的SP ID或Roaming Group ID;或者,所述SNPN ID、所述SP ID和所述Roaming Group ID中的任一个或多个参数的优先级信息。The SNPN ID and fifth indication information, the fifth indication information is used to indicate whether the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID supports access through external authentication; or, the SNPN ID and one of the following parameters: the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID indicates that the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID can be accessed by performing external authentication through the network corresponding to the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID; Item parameter: SP ID or Roaming Group ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID indicates the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by the V-AMF and/or H-AMF; or, the SNPN ID , the priority information of any one or more parameters in the SP ID and the Roaming Group ID.

在一种实现方式中,所述收发单元630还用于:向所述V-AMF和/或所述H-AMF发送的NG建立请求消息或RAN配置更新消息,所述NG建立请求消息或所述RAN配置更新消息包括:SNPN ID和第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示所述SNPN ID所标识的SNPN是否支持通过外部鉴权访问;或者,SNPN ID和以下一项参数:SP ID、或Roaming Group ID,所述SP ID、或所述Roaming Group ID指示通过SP ID或Roaming Group ID所对应的网络进行外部鉴权可访问SNPN ID所标识的SNPN;或者,以下一项参数:SP ID、或Roaming Group ID,所述SP ID、或所述Roaming Group ID指示所述V-AMF和/或H-AMF所支持的SP ID或Roaming Group ID。In an implementation manner, the transceiver unit 630 is further configured to: send an NG setup request message or a RAN configuration update message to the V-AMF and/or the H-AMF, the NG setup request message or all The RAN configuration update message includes: an SNPN ID and fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate whether the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID supports access through external authentication; or, the SNPN ID and one of the following parameters: SP ID or Roaming Group ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID indicates that the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID can be accessed by performing external authentication through the network corresponding to the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID; or, one of the following parameters : SP ID or Roaming Group ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID indicates the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by the V-AMF and/or the H-AMF.

当该装置600配置在或本身即为无线接入网设备时,装置600中各模块或单元可以用于执行上述方法中无线接入网设备所执行的各动作或处理过程,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其详细说明。When the apparatus 600 is configured in or itself is a wireless access network device, each module or unit in the apparatus 600 can be used to perform various actions or processing procedures performed by the wireless access network device in the above method. Here, in order to avoid repeated descriptions , and the detailed description thereof is omitted.

图8为本申请提供的一种终端设备700的结构示意图。该终端设备700可以执行上述方法实施例中终端设备执行的动作。FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 700 provided by this application. The terminal device 700 may perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.

为了便于说明,图8仅示出了终端设备的主要部件。如图8所示,终端设备700包括处理器、存储器、控制电路、天线以及输入输出装置。For convenience of explanation, FIG. 8 only shows the main components of the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 8 , the terminal device 700 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.

处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对整个终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据,例如用于支持终端设备执行上述传输预编码矩阵的指示方法实施例中所描述的动作。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据,例如存储上述实施例中所描述的码本。控制电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。控制电路和天线一起也可以叫做收发器,主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入 输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。The processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, and to control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process data of the software programs, for example, for supporting the terminal device to execute the above-mentioned transmission precoding matrix instruction method embodiment. the described action. The memory is mainly used to store software programs and data, such as the codebook described in the above embodiments. The control circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal. The control circuit together with the antenna can also be called a transceiver, which is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.

当终端设备开机后,处理器可以读取存储单元中的软件程序,解释并执行软件程序的指令,处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。When the terminal device is powered on, the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program. When data needs to be sent wirelessly, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves. When data is sent to the terminal device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, which converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.

本领域技术人员可以理解,为了便于说明,图8仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备中,可以存在多个处理器和存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等,本申请实施例对此不做限制。Those skilled in the art can understand that, for the convenience of description, FIG. 8 only shows one memory and a processor. In an actual terminal device, there may be multiple processors and memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.

例如,处理器可以包括基带处理器和中央处理器,基带处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器主要用于对整个终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。图8中的处理器集成了基带处理器和中央处理器的功能,本领域技术人员可以理解,基带处理器和中央处理器也可以是各自独立的处理器,通过总线等技术互联。本领域技术人员可以理解,终端设备可以包括多个基带处理器以适应不同的网络制式,终端设备可以包括多个中央处理器以增强其处理能力,终端设备的各个部件可以通过各种总线连接。所述基带处理器也可以表述为基带处理电路或者基带处理芯片。所述中央处理器也可以表述为中央处理电路或者中央处理芯片。对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理的功能可以内置在处理器中,也可以以软件程序的形式存储在存储单元中,由处理器执行软件程序以实现基带处理功能。For example, the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit. The baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data. The central processing unit is mainly used to control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process software programs. data. The processor in FIG. 8 integrates the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit. Those skilled in the art can understand that the baseband processor and the central processing unit may also be independent processors, interconnected by technologies such as a bus. Those skilled in the art can understand that a terminal device may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, a terminal device may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capability, and various components of the terminal device may be connected through various buses. The baseband processor may also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip. The central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip. The function of processing the communication protocol and communication data may be built in the processor, or may be stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.

示例性的,在本申请实施例中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和控制电路视为终端设备700的收发单元710,将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备700的处理单元820。如图8所示,终端设备700包括收发单元710和处理单元720。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。可选的,可以将收发单元710中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元710中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元包括接收单元和发送单元。示例性的,接收单元也可以称为接收机、接收器、接收电路等,发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。Exemplarily, in this embodiment of the present application, an antenna and a control circuit with a transceiver function may be regarded as the transceiver unit 710 of the terminal device 700 , and a processor with a processing function may be regarded as the processing unit 820 of the terminal device 700 . As shown in FIG. 8 , the terminal device 700 includes a transceiver unit 710 and a processing unit 720 . The transceiving unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiving device, or the like. Optionally, the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 710 may be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device for implementing the transmitting function in the transceiver unit 710 may be regarded as a transmitting unit, that is, the transceiver unit includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit. Exemplarily, the receiving unit may also be referred to as a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, and the like, and the transmitting unit may be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, or the like.

图9为本申请实施例提供的一种无线接入网设备800的结构示意图,可以用于实现上述方法中的接入设备的功能。无线接入网设备800包括一个或多个射频单元,如远端射频单元(remote radio unit,RRU)810和一个或多个基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)(也可称为数字单元,digital unit,DU)820。所述RRU810可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等等,其可以包括至少一个天线811和射频单元812。所述RRU810部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换,例如用于向终端设备发送上述实施例中所述的信令消息。所述BBU820部分主要用于进行基带处理,对基站进行控制等。所述RRU810与BBU820可以是物理上设置在一起,也可以物理上分离设置的,即分布式基站。FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless access network device 800 according to an embodiment of the present application, which can be used to implement the functions of the access device in the foregoing method. The radio access network device 800 includes one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (remote radio unit, RRU) 810 and one or more baseband units (baseband unit, BBU) (also referred to as digital units, digital units) , DU)820. The RRU 810 may be referred to as a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and may include at least one antenna 811 and a radio frequency unit 812 . The RRU810 part is mainly used for receiving and sending radio frequency signals and converting radio frequency signals to baseband signals, for example, for sending the signaling messages described in the above embodiments to terminal equipment. The part of the BBU820 is mainly used to perform baseband processing, control the base station, and so on. The RRU 810 and the BBU 820 may be physically set together or physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.

所述BBU820为基站的控制中心,也可以称为处理单元,主要用于完成基带处理功能,如信道编码,复用,调制,扩频等等。例如该BBU(处理单元)820可以用于控制基站执 行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。The BBU820 is the control center of the base station, which may also be called a processing unit, and is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, and spread spectrum. For example, the BBU (processing unit) 820 may be used to control the base station to perform the operation procedures related to the network device in the above method embodiments.

在一个示例中,所述BBU820可以由一个或多个单板构成,多个单板可以共同支持单一接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE系统,或5G系统),也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网。所述BBU820还包括存储器821和处理器822。所述存储器821用以存储必要的指令和数据。例如存储器821存储上述实施例中的码本等。所述处理器822用于控制基站进行必要的动作,例如用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。所述存储器821和处理器822可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说,可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。In an example, the BBU820 may be composed of one or more single boards, and the multiple single boards may jointly support a wireless access network of a single access standard (such as an LTE system or a 5G system), or may support different access modes respectively. into the standard wireless access network. The BBU 820 also includes a memory 821 and a processor 822 . The memory 821 is used to store necessary instructions and data. For example, the memory 821 stores the codebook and the like in the above-described embodiments. The processor 822 is configured to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to perform the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiments. The memory 821 and processor 822 may serve one or more single boards. That is to say, the memory and processor can be provided separately on each single board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits may also be provided on each single board.

在一种可能的实施方式中,随着片上系统(system-on-chip,SoC)技术的发展,可以将820部分和810部分的全部或者部分功能由SoC技术实现,例如由一颗基站功能芯片实现,该基站功能芯片集成了处理器、存储器、天线接口等器件,基站相关功能的程序存储在存储器中,由处理器执行程序以实现基站的相关功能。可选的,该基站功能芯片也能够读取该芯片外部的存储器以实现基站的相关功能。In a possible implementation, with the development of system-on-chip (SoC) technology, all or part of the functions of the 820 part and the 810 part can be realized by the SoC technology, for example, a base station function chip Implementation, the base station function chip integrates a processor, a memory, an antenna interface and other devices, the program of the base station related functions is stored in the memory, and the processor executes the program to realize the related functions of the base station. Optionally, the base station function chip can also read the external memory of the chip to realize the related functions of the base station.

应理解,图9示例的无线接入网设备的结构仅为一种可能的形态,而不应对本申请实施例构成任何限定。本申请并不排除未来可能出现的其他形态的基站结构的可能。It should be understood that the structure of the radio access network device illustrated in FIG. 9 is only a possible form, and should not constitute any limitation to the embodiments of the present application. This application does not exclude the possibility of other forms of base station structures that may appear in the future.

应理解,本申请实施例中,该处理器可以为中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that, in this embodiment of the present application, the processor may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), dedicated integrated Circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. A general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like.

还应理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. The non-volatile memory may be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), electrically programmable Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which acts as an external cache. By way of example and not limitation, many forms of random access memory (RAM) are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (DRAM) Access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Fetch memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).

上述实施例,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或其他任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,上述实施例可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令或计算机程序。在计算机上加载或执行所述计算机指令或计算机程序时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以为通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可 以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集合的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质。半导体介质可以是固态硬盘。The above embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any other combination. When implemented in software, the above-described embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs. When the computer instructions or computer programs are loaded or executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated. The computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wire (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, or the like that contains one or more sets of available media. The usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, DVDs), or semiconductor media. The semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.

本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序被计算机执行时实现上述任一实施例中的终端设备执行的步骤,或者第一无线接入网设备执行的步骤,或者第二无线接入网设备执行的步骤,或者核心网设备执行的步骤。Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, implements the steps performed by the terminal device in any of the foregoing embodiments, or the first wireless access network device The steps performed, or the steps performed by the second radio access network device, or the steps performed by the core network device.

本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品被计算机执行时实现上述任一实施例中的的终端设备执行的步骤,或者第一无线接入网设备执行的步骤,或者第二无线接入网设备执行的步骤,或者核心网设备执行的步骤。Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program product, which, when executed by a computer, implements the steps performed by the terminal device in any of the foregoing embodiments, or the steps performed by the first wireless access network device, or the first step performed by the wireless access network device. 2. The steps performed by the radio access network equipment, or the steps performed by the core network equipment.

本申请实施例还提供了一种系统芯片,该系统芯片包括:通信单元和处理单元。该处理单元,例如可以是处理器。该通信单元例如可以是通信接口、输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。该处理单元可执行计算机指令,以使该通信装置内的芯片执行上述本申请实施例提供的终端设备执行的步骤,或者无线接入网设备执行的步骤。An embodiment of the present application also provides a system chip, where the system chip includes: a communication unit and a processing unit. The processing unit may, for example, be a processor. The communication unit may be, for example, a communication interface, an input/output interface, a pin or a circuit, or the like. The processing unit can execute computer instructions, so that the chip in the communication apparatus executes the steps executed by the terminal device provided in the above embodiments of the present application, or the steps executed by the wireless access network device.

可选地,该计算机指令被存储在存储单元中。Optionally, the computer instructions are stored in a storage unit.

根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,其包括前述的无线接入网设备和终端设备。According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, which includes the aforementioned wireless access network device and terminal device.

本申请中的各个实施例可以独立的使用,也可以进行联合的使用,这里不做限定。Each embodiment in this application can be used independently or in combination, which is not limited here.

另外,本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如,计算机可读介质可以包括,但不限于:磁存储器件(例如,硬盘、软盘或磁带等),光盘(例如,压缩盘(compact disc,CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc,DVD)等),智能卡和闪存器件(例如,可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory,EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外,本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于,无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。Additionally, various aspects or features of the present application may be implemented as a method, apparatus, or article of manufacture using standard programming and/or engineering techniques. The term "article of manufacture" as used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer readable device, carrier or medium. For example, computer readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (eg, hard disks, floppy disks, or magnetic tapes, etc.), optical disks (eg, compact discs (CDs), digital versatile discs (DVDs) etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (eg, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), card, stick or key drives, etc.). Additionally, various storage media described herein can represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information. The term "machine-readable medium" may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.

应理解,“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“至少一个”是指一个或一个以上;“A和B中的至少一个”,类似于“A和/或B”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和B中的至少一个,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。It should be understood that "and/or", which describes the association relationship between associated objects, means that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: the existence of A alone, the existence of A and B at the same time, the existence of B alone. condition. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects are an "or" relationship. "At least one" refers to one or more than one; "at least one of A and B", similar to "A and/or B", describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and B At least one of the three cases can represent: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone.

本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本 申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art can realize that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.

所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific working process of the above-described systems, devices and units may refer to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.

在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.

所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.

另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.

所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .

以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited to this. should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (35)

一种通信方法,所述方法应用于终端设备,所述终端设备接入拜访独立的非公网络V-SNPN,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, the method is applied to a terminal device, and the terminal device accesses and visits an independent non-public network V-SNPN, characterized by comprising: 向无线接入网设备发送接入消息,所述接入消息包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述终端设备通过归属网络鉴权以接入所述V-SNPN;Sending an access message to a wireless access network device, where the access message includes first information, where the first information is used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN through home network authentication; 接收所述无线接入网设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权成功或失败。Receive a first message sent by the wireless access network device, where the first message is used to indicate success or failure of authentication to the terminal device. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 1, wherein: 所述第一信息包括以下一个或多个参数:独立的非公网络标识SNPN ID、归属网络标识SP ID、漫游组标识Roaming Group ID或第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述SNPN ID、所述SP ID或所述Roaming Group ID;或者,The first information includes one or more of the following parameters: an independent non-public network identifier SNPN ID, a home network identifier SP ID, a roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, or first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the the SNPN ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID; or, 所述第一信息包括SNPN ID和所述终端设备需要进行鉴权的网络的优先级信息。The first information includes the SNPN ID and the priority information of the network that the terminal device needs to authenticate. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权成功,所述第一消息包括以下一个或多个参数:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first message is used to indicate that the terminal device is authenticated successfully, and the first message includes one or more of the following parameters: 第二指示信息、第一SP ID、第一Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,second indication information, the first SP ID, the first Roaming Group ID, multiple SP IDs supported by the terminal device that can be authenticated externally, and multiple Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device that can be authenticated externally, 其中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。Wherein, the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN Home network SP available for the V-SNPN. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权失败,所述第一消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权失败;The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first message is used to indicate that authentication of the terminal device fails, the first message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used for Instructing the terminal device to access the V-SNPN external authentication failure; 所述终端设备根据所述第一消息,删除本地存储的以下一个或多个参数:The terminal device deletes one or more of the following parameters stored locally according to the first message: 独立的非公网络标识SNPN ID、归属网络标识SP ID或漫游组标识Roaming Group ID。Independent non-public network identification SNPN ID, home network identification SP ID or roaming group identification Roaming Group ID. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the method further comprises: 向拜访网络中的接入和移动管理功能V-AMF发送初始终端设备UE消息或者上行非接入层NAS传输消息,所述初始UE消息或者所述上行NAS传输消息包括以下一个或多个参数:Send an initial terminal equipment UE message or an uplink non-access stratum NAS transmission message to the access and mobility management function V-AMF in the visited network, where the initial UE message or the uplink NAS transmission message includes one or more of the following parameters: 第四指示信息、第一SP ID、第一Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,the fourth indication information, the first SP ID, the first Roaming Group ID, a plurality of externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device, and a plurality of externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device, 其中,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。Wherein, the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN Home network SP available for the V-SNPN. 一种通信方法,所述方法应用于无线接入网设备,所述无线接入网设备既是拜访独立的非公网络V-SNPN的无线接入网设备也是归属网络的无线接入网设备,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, the method is applied to a wireless access network device, the wireless access network device is both a wireless access network device visiting an independent non-public network V-SNPN and a wireless access network device of a home network, wherein Features include: 接收终端设备发送的接入消息,所述接入消息包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于所述终端设备通过归属网络鉴权以接入所述V-SNPN;receiving an access message sent by a terminal device, where the access message includes first information, where the first information is used for the terminal device to authenticate to the home network to access the V-SNPN; 根据所述第一信息,选择接入和移动管理功能AMF,选择的所述AMF为拜访独立的非公网络中的V-AMF或者归属网络的H-AMF;According to the first information, the access and mobility management function AMF is selected, and the selected AMF is the V-AMF in the visited independent non-public network or the H-AMF in the home network; 接收H-AMF发送的第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权成功或失败;receiving a first message sent by the H-AMF, where the first message is used to indicate success or failure of authentication to the terminal device; 根据所述第一消息,向所述终端设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息用于告知所述终端设备鉴权成功或失败。According to the first message, a second message is sent to the terminal device, where the second message is used to inform the terminal device that authentication succeeds or fails. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 6, wherein: 所述第一信息包括以下一个或多个参数:独立的非公网络标识SNPN ID、归属网络标识SP ID、漫游组标识Roaming Group ID或第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述SNPN ID、所述SP ID或所述Roaming Group ID;或者,The first information includes one or more of the following parameters: an independent non-public network identifier SNPN ID, a home network identifier SP ID, a roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, or first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the the SNPN ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID; or, 所述第一信息包括SNPN ID和所述终端设备需要进行鉴权的网络的优先级信息。The first information includes the SNPN ID and the priority information of the network that the terminal device needs to authenticate. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一信息,选择接入和移动管理功能,包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein the selecting an access and mobility management function according to the first information comprises: 当所述第一信息只包括所述SNPN ID时,选择拜访网络独立的非公网络V-SNPN中的接入和移动管理功能V-AMF;或者,When the first information only includes the SNPN ID, select the access and mobility management function V-AMF in the non-public network V-SNPN independent of the visited network; or, 当所述第一信息包括所述SNPN ID,和所述SP ID以及所述Roaming Group ID中的至少一个参数时,选择归属网络中的接入和移动管理功能H-AMF;或者,When the first information includes the SNPN ID, and at least one parameter in the SP ID and the Roaming Group ID, select the access and mobility management function H-AMF in the home network; or, 当所述第一信息包括所述SP ID和所述Roaming Group ID中的至少一个参数时,选择归属网络中的接入和移动管理功能H-AMF;或者,When the first information includes at least one parameter in the SP ID and the Roaming Group ID, select the access and mobility management function H-AMF in the home network; or, 当所述第一信息包括独立的非公网络标识和所述终端设备需要进行鉴权的网络的优先级信息,根据V-AMF和H-AMF所支持的网络的优先级信息,选择接入和移动管理功能。When the first information includes the independent non-public network identifier and the priority information of the network to be authenticated by the terminal device, according to the priority information of the network supported by the V-AMF and the H-AMF, select access and Mobile management functions. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述选择拜访网络独立的非公网络V-SNPN中的接入和移动管理功能V-AMF后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein after selecting the access and mobility management function V-AMF in the non-public network V-SNPN independent of the visited network, the method further comprises: 接收所述V-AMF发送的第三消息,所示第三消息用于指示所述无线接入网设备重新选择所述H-AMF;receiving a third message sent by the V-AMF, where the third message is used to instruct the wireless access network device to reselect the H-AMF; 根据所述第三消息,选择所述H-AMF。According to the third message, the H-AMF is selected. 根据权利要求6至9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权成功,所述第一消息包括以下至少一个或多个参数:The method according to any one of claims 6 to 9, wherein the first message is used to indicate that the terminal device is authenticated successfully, and the first message includes at least one or more of the following parameters: 第二指示信息、第一SP ID、第一Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID和所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,the second indication information, the first SP ID, the first Roaming Group ID, multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device and multiple externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device, 其中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。Wherein, the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN Home network SP available for the V-SNPN. 根据权利要求6至10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二消息用于告知所述终端设备鉴权成功,所述第二消息包括以下至少一个或多个参数:The method according to any one of claims 6 to 10, wherein the second message is used to inform the terminal device that authentication is successful, and the second message includes at least one or more of the following parameters: 第二指示信息、第一SP ID、第一Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID和所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,the second indication information, the first SP ID, the first Roaming Group ID, multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device and multiple externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device, 其中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所 述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。Wherein, the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN Home network SP available for the V-SNPN. 根据权利要求6至9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权失败;所述第一消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权失败;The method according to any one of claims 6 to 9, wherein the first message is used to indicate a failure to authenticate the terminal device; the first message includes third indication information, the first message Three indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device fails to access the external authentication of the V-SNPN; 所述无线接入网设备根据所述第一消息,释放与所述终端设备的连接。The radio access network device releases the connection with the terminal device according to the first message. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二消息用于告知所述终端设备鉴权失败,所述第二消息包括所述第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权失败。The method according to claim 12, wherein the second message is used to inform the terminal device that authentication fails, the second message includes the third indication information, and the third indication information is used for Indicates that the terminal device fails to access the external authentication of the V-SNPN. 根据权利要求6至11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 6 to 11, wherein the method further comprises: 向V-AMF发送初始终端设备UE消息或者上行非接入层NAS传输消息,所述初始UE消息或者上行NAS传输消息包括以下至少一个或多个参数:Send an initial terminal equipment UE message or an uplink non-access stratum NAS transmission message to the V-AMF, where the initial UE message or uplink NAS transmission message includes at least one or more of the following parameters: 第四指示信息、第一SP ID、第一Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID和所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,the fourth indication information, the first SP ID, the first Roaming Group ID, multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device and multiple externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device, 其中,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID,所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。Wherein, the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, the first SP ID, the first Roaming Group ID is used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN Home network SP available for the V-SNPN. 根据权利要求6至14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述接收终端设备发送的接入消息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 6 to 14, wherein before the receiving the access message sent by the terminal device, the method further comprises: 接收所述H-AMF发送的NG建立请求响应消息或接入网设备RAN配置更新响应消息,所述NG建立请求响应消息或所述RAN配置更新响应消息包括:Receive an NG setup request response message or an access network device RAN configuration update response message sent by the H-AMF, where the NG setup request response message or the RAN configuration update response message includes: 所述SNPN ID和第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示所述SNPN ID所标识的SNPN是否支持通过外部鉴权访问;或者,The SNPN ID and the fifth indication information, the fifth indication information is used to indicate whether the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID supports access through external authentication; or, 所述SNPN ID和和以下一个或多个参数:所述SP ID、所述Roaming Group ID,所述SP ID和所述Roaming Group ID指示通过SP ID或Roaming Group ID所对应的网络进行外部鉴权可访问SNPN ID所标识的SNPN;或者,The SNPN ID and one or more of the following parameters: the SP ID, the Roaming Group ID, the SP ID and the Roaming Group ID indicate that external authentication is performed through the network corresponding to the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID The SNPN identified by the accessible SNPN ID; or, 以下下一个或多个参数:SP ID或Roaming Group ID,所述SP ID和所述Roaming Group ID指示所述H-AMF所支持的SP ID或Roaming Group ID;或者,The following next one or more parameters: SP ID or Roaming Group ID, the SP ID and the Roaming Group ID indicate the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by the H-AMF; or, 所述SNPN ID、所述SP ID和所述Roaming Group ID中的任一个或多个参数的优先级信息。The priority information of any one or more parameters in the SNPN ID, the SP ID and the Roaming Group ID. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 15, wherein the method further comprises: 向所述H-AMF发送的NG建立请求消息或RAN配置更新消息,所述NG建立请求消息或所述RAN配置更新消息包括:The NG setup request message or the RAN configuration update message sent to the H-AMF, where the NG setup request message or the RAN configuration update message includes: SNPN ID和第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示所述SNPN ID所标识的SNPN是否支持通过外部鉴权访问;或者,SNPN ID and fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate whether the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID supports access through external authentication; or, SNPN ID和以下一个或多个参数:SP ID或Roaming Group ID,所述SP ID或所述Roaming Group ID指示通过SP ID或Roaming Group ID所对应的网络进行外部鉴权可访问SNPN ID所标识的SNPN;或者,SNPN ID and one or more of the following parameters: SP ID or Roaming Group ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID indicates that the network identified by the SP ID or Roaming Group ID can be accessed by performing external authentication through the network corresponding to the SP ID or Roaming Group ID. SNPN; or, 以下一个或多个参数:SP ID或Roaming Group ID,所述SP ID或所述Roaming Group  ID指示所述H-AMF所支持的SP ID或Roaming Group ID。One or more of the following parameters: SP ID or Roaming Group ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID indicates the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by the H-AMF. 一种终端设备,所述终端设备接入拜访独立的非公网络V-SNPN,其特征在于,包括:A terminal device, the terminal device accesses an independent non-public network V-SNPN, characterized in that it includes: 发送单元,用于向无线接入网设备发送接入消息,所述接入消息包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于告知所述无线接入网设备所述终端设备通过归属网络鉴权以接入所述V-SNPN;a sending unit, configured to send an access message to a wireless access network device, where the access message includes first information, and the first information is used to inform the wireless access network device that the terminal device is authenticated by the home network to access the V-SNPN; 接收单元,用于接收所述无线接入网设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权成功或失败。A receiving unit, configured to receive a first message sent by the wireless access network device, where the first message is used to indicate success or failure of authentication to the terminal device. 根据权利要求17所述的终端设备,其特征在于,The terminal device according to claim 17, wherein, 所述第一信息包括以下一个或多个参数:The first information includes one or more of the following parameters: 独立的非公网络标识SNPN ID、归属网络标识SP ID、漫游组标识Roaming Group ID或第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述SNPN ID、所述SP ID或所述Roaming Group ID;或者,Independent non-public network identification SNPN ID, home network identification SP ID, roaming group identification Roaming Group ID or first indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate the SNPN ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID; or, 所述第一信息包括SNPN ID和所述终端设备需要进行鉴权的网络的优先级信息。The first information includes the SNPN ID and the priority information of the network that the terminal device needs to authenticate. 根据权利要求17或18所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权成功,所述第一消息包括以下一个或多个参数:The terminal device according to claim 17 or 18, wherein the first message is used to indicate that the terminal device is authenticated successfully, and the first message includes one or more of the following parameters: 第二指示信息、第一归SP ID、第一Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID和所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,the second indication information, the first home SP ID, the first Roaming Group ID, multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device and multiple externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device, 其中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。Wherein, the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN Home network SP available for the V-SNPN. 根据权利要求17或18所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权失败,所述第一消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权失败;The terminal device according to claim 17 or 18, wherein the first message is used to indicate that authentication of the terminal device fails, and the first message includes third indication information, and the third indication information used to indicate that the terminal device fails to access the external authentication of the V-SNPN; 所述终端设备还包括处理单元,所述处理单元用于根据所述第一消息,删除本地存储的以下一个或多个参数:The terminal device further includes a processing unit configured to delete one or more of the following parameters stored locally according to the first message: SNPN ID、SP ID或Roaming Group ID。SNPN ID, SP ID, or Roaming Group ID. 根据权利要求17至20中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述发送单元还用于:The terminal device according to any one of claims 17 to 20, wherein the sending unit is further configured to: 向拜访网络中的接入和移动管理功能V-AMF发送初始终端设备UE消息或者上行非接入层NAS传输消息,所述初始UE消息或者上行NAS传输消息包括以下一个或多个参数:Send an initial terminal equipment UE message or an uplink non-access stratum NAS transmission message to the access and mobility management function V-AMF in the visited network, where the initial UE message or uplink NAS transmission message includes one or more of the following parameters: 第四指示信息、第一SP ID、第一Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID和所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,the fourth indication information, the first SP ID, the first Roaming Group ID, multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device and multiple externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device, 其中,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。Wherein, the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN Home network SP available for the V-SNPN. 一种无线接入网设备,所述无线接入网设备既是拜访独立的非公网络V-SNPN的无线接入网设备也是归属网络的无线接入网设备,其特征在于,包括:A wireless access network device, which is both a wireless access network device visiting an independent non-public network V-SNPN and a wireless access network device of a home network, characterized in that it includes: 接收单元,用于接收终端设备发送的接入消息,所述接入消息包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于告知所述无线接入网设备所述终端设备通过归属网络鉴权以接入所述V-SNPN;A receiving unit, configured to receive an access message sent by a terminal device, where the access message includes first information, and the first information is used to inform the wireless access network device that the terminal device is authenticated by the home network to receive access into the V-SNPN; 处理单元,用于根据所述第一信息,选择接入和移动管理功能AMF,选择的所述AMF为拜访独立的非公网络中的V-AMF或者归属网络的H-AMF;a processing unit, configured to select an access and mobility management function AMF according to the first information, where the selected AMF is a V-AMF in a visited independent non-public network or an H-AMF in a home network; 所述接收单元还用于接收H-AMF发送的第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权成功或失败;The receiving unit is further configured to receive a first message sent by the H-AMF, where the first message is used to indicate success or failure of authentication to the terminal device; 发送单元,用于根据所述第一消息,向所述终端设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息用于告知所述终端设备鉴权成功或失败。A sending unit, configured to send a second message to the terminal device according to the first message, where the second message is used to inform the terminal device that authentication succeeds or fails. 根据权利要求22所述的无线接入网设备,其特征在于,The wireless access network device according to claim 22, wherein, 所述第一信息包括以下一个或多个参数:独立的非公网络标识SNPN ID、归属网络标识SP ID、漫游组标识Roaming Group ID或第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述SNPN ID、所述SP ID或所述Roaming Group ID;或者,The first information includes one or more of the following parameters: an independent non-public network identifier SNPN ID, a home network identifier SP ID, a roaming group identifier Roaming Group ID, or first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the the SNPN ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID; or, 所述第一信息包括独立的SNPN ID和所述终端设备需要进行鉴权的网络的优先级信息。The first information includes the independent SNPN ID and the priority information of the network that the terminal device needs to authenticate. 根据权利要求23所述的无线接入网设备,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一信息,选择接入和移动管理功能,包括:The wireless access network device according to claim 23, wherein the selecting an access and mobility management function according to the first information comprises: 当所述第一信息只包括所述SNPN ID时,选择拜访网络独立的非公网络V-SNPN中的接入和移动管理功能V-AMF;或者,When the first information only includes the SNPN ID, select the access and mobility management function V-AMF in the non-public network V-SNPN independent of the visited network; or, 当所述第一信息包括所述SNPN ID和所述SP ID以及所述Roaming Group ID中的至少一个参数时,选择归属网络中的接入和移动管理功能H-AMF;或者,When the first information includes at least one parameter in the SNPN ID and the SP ID and the Roaming Group ID, select the access and mobility management function H-AMF in the home network; or, 当所述第一信息包括所述SP ID和所述Roaming Group ID中的至少一个参数时,选择归属网络中的接入和移动管理功能H-AMF;或者,When the first information includes at least one parameter in the SP ID and the Roaming Group ID, select the access and mobility management function H-AMF in the home network; or, 当所述第一信息包括独立的非公网络标识和所述终端设备需要进行鉴权的网络的优先级信息,根据V-AMF和H-AMF所支持的网络的优先级信息,选择接入和移动管理功能。When the first information includes the independent non-public network identifier and the priority information of the network to be authenticated by the terminal device, according to the priority information of the network supported by the V-AMF and the H-AMF, select access and Mobile management functions. 根据权利要求24所述的无线接入网设备,其特征在于,The wireless access network device according to claim 24, wherein: 所述接收单元还用于:接收所述V-AMF发送的第三消息,所示第三消息用于指示所述无线接入网设备重新选择所述H-AMF;The receiving unit is further configured to: receive a third message sent by the V-AMF, where the third message is used to instruct the wireless access network device to reselect the H-AMF; 所述处理单元还用于:根据所述第三消息,选择所述H-AMF。The processing unit is further configured to: select the H-AMF according to the third message. 根据权利要求22至25中任一项所述的无线接入网设备,其特征在于,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权成功,所述第一消息包括以下一个或多个参数:The wireless access network device according to any one of claims 22 to 25, wherein the first message is used to indicate that the terminal device is authenticated successfully, and the first message includes one or more of the following parameters: 第二指示信息、第一SP ID、第一漫Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID和所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,the second indication information, the first SP ID, the first Roaming Group ID, a plurality of externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device, and a plurality of externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device, 其中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。Wherein, the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN Home network SP available for the V-SNPN. 根据权利要求22至26中任一项所述的无线接入网设备,其特征在于,所述第二消息用于告知所述终端设备鉴权成功,所述第二消息包括以下一个或多个参数:The wireless access network device according to any one of claims 22 to 26, wherein the second message is used to inform the terminal device that authentication is successful, and the second message includes one or more of the following parameter: 第二指示信息、第一SP ID、第一Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID和所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,the second indication information, the first SP ID, the first Roaming Group ID, multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device and multiple externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device, 其中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。Wherein, the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN Home network SP available for the V-SNPN. 根据权利要求22至25中任一项所述的无线接入网设备,其特征在于,所述第一消息用于指示对所述终端设备鉴权失败;所述第一消息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权失败;The wireless access network device according to any one of claims 22 to 25, wherein the first message is used to indicate a failure to authenticate the terminal device; the first message includes third indication information , the third indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device fails to access the external authentication of the V-SNPN; 所述处理单元还用于根据所述第一消息,释放与所述终端设备的连接。The processing unit is further configured to release the connection with the terminal device according to the first message. 根据权利要求28所述的无线接入网设备,其特征在于,所述第二消息用于告知所述终端设备鉴权失败,所述第二消息包括所述第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权失败。The wireless access network device according to claim 28, wherein the second message is used to inform the terminal device that authentication fails, the second message includes the third indication information, and the third The indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device fails to access the external authentication of the V-SNPN. 根据权利要求22至27中任一项所述的无线接入网设备,其特征在于,所述无线接入网设备还包括:The wireless access network device according to any one of claims 22 to 27, wherein the wireless access network device further comprises: 向V-AMF发送初始终端设备UE消息或者上行非接入层NAS传输消息,所述初始UE消息或者上行NAS传输消息包括以下至少一个或多个参数:Send an initial terminal equipment UE message or an uplink non-access stratum NAS transmission message to the V-AMF, where the initial UE message or uplink NAS transmission message includes at least one or more of the following parameters: 第四指示信息、第一SP ID、第一Roaming Group ID、所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个SP ID和所述终端设备支持的可外部鉴权的多个Roaming Group ID,the fourth indication information, the first SP ID, the first Roaming Group ID, multiple externally authenticated SP IDs supported by the terminal device and multiple externally authenticated Roaming Group IDs supported by the terminal device, 其中,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN外部鉴权成功,所述第一SP ID和所述第一Roaming Group ID用于指示所述终端设备访问所述V-SNPN可用的归属网络SP。Wherein, the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN external authentication successfully, and the first SP ID and the first Roaming Group ID are used to instruct the terminal device to access the V-SNPN Home network SP available for the V-SNPN. 根据权利要求22至30中任一项所述的无线接入网设备,其特征在于,所述接收单元还用于:The wireless access network device according to any one of claims 22 to 30, wherein the receiving unit is further configured to: 接收所述H-AMF发送的NG建立请求响应消息或无线接入网设备RAN配置更新响应消息,所述NG建立请求响应消息或所述RAN配置更新响应消息包括:Receive an NG setup request response message or a radio access network device RAN configuration update response message sent by the H-AMF, where the NG setup request response message or the RAN configuration update response message includes: 所述SNPN ID和第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示所述SNPN ID所标识的SNPN是否支持通过外部鉴权访问;或者,The SNPN ID and the fifth indication information, the fifth indication information is used to indicate whether the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID supports access through external authentication; or, 所述SNPN ID和和以下一个或多个参数:所述SP ID或所述Roaming Group ID,所述SP ID、或所述Roaming Group ID指示通过SP ID或Roaming Group ID所对应的网络进行外部鉴权可访问SNPN ID所标识的SNPN;或者,The SNPN ID and one or more of the following parameters: the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID indicates that external authentication is performed through the network corresponding to the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID. access to the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID; or, 以下一个或多个参数:SP ID或Roaming Group ID,所述SP ID或所述Roaming Group ID指示所述H-AMF所支持的SP ID或Roaming Group ID;或者,One or more of the following parameters: SP ID or Roaming Group ID, which indicates the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by the H-AMF; or, 所述SNPN ID、所述SP ID和所述Roaming Group ID中的任一个或多个参数的优先级信息。The priority information of any one or more parameters in the SNPN ID, the SP ID and the Roaming Group ID. 根据权利要求31所述的无线接入网设备,其特征在于,所述发送单元还用于:The wireless access network device according to claim 31, wherein the sending unit is further configured to: 向H-AMF发送的NG建立请求消息或RAN配置更新消息,所述NG建立请求消息或所述RAN配置更新消息包括:An NG setup request message or a RAN configuration update message sent to the H-AMF, where the NG setup request message or the RAN configuration update message includes: SNPN ID和第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示所述SNPN ID所标识的SNPN是否支持通过外部鉴权访问;或者,SNPN ID and fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate whether the SNPN identified by the SNPN ID supports access through external authentication; or, SNPN ID和以下一个或多个参数:SP ID或Roaming Group ID,所述SP ID或所述Roaming Group ID指示通过SP ID或Roaming Group ID所对应的网络进行外部鉴权可访问SNPN ID所标识的SNPN;或者,SNPN ID and one or more of the following parameters: SP ID or Roaming Group ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID indicates that the network identified by the SP ID or Roaming Group ID can be accessed through external authentication through the network corresponding to the SP ID or Roaming Group ID. SNPN; or, 以下一个或多个参数:SP ID或Roaming Group ID,所述SP ID或所述Roaming Group ID指示所述H-AMF所支持的SP ID或Roaming Group ID。One or more of the following parameters: SP ID or Roaming Group ID, the SP ID or the Roaming Group ID indicates the SP ID or Roaming Group ID supported by the H-AMF. 一种通信装置,包括处理器,所述处理器与存储器相连,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得所述装置执行如权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法,或者6至16中任一项所述的方法。A communication device comprising a processor connected to a memory for storing a computer program, the processor for executing the computer program stored in the memory to cause the device to perform as claimed in the claims The method of any one of 1 to 5, or the method of any one of 6 to 16. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,当所述计算机程序被运行时,实现如权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法,或者6至16中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, when the computer program is executed, the method according to any one of claims 1 to 5 is implemented, or The method of any one of 6 to 16. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括处理器和接口;A chip, characterized in that it includes a processor and an interface; 所述处理器用于读取指令以执行权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法,或者6至16中任一项所述的方法。The processor is adapted to read instructions to perform the method of any one of claims 1 to 5, or the method of any one of 6 to 16.
PCT/CN2021/102778 2020-06-30 2021-06-28 Communication method, terminal device, and radio access network device Ceased WO2022001964A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010617674.1 2020-06-30
CN202010617674.1A CN113873520B (en) 2020-06-30 2020-06-30 Communication method, terminal equipment and wireless access network equipment

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022001964A1 true WO2022001964A1 (en) 2022-01-06

Family

ID=78981675

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/102778 Ceased WO2022001964A1 (en) 2020-06-30 2021-06-28 Communication method, terminal device, and radio access network device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN113873520B (en)
WO (1) WO2022001964A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2025036049A1 (en) * 2023-08-11 2025-02-20 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Data transmission method and apparatus, and device
WO2025130424A1 (en) * 2023-12-21 2025-06-26 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and related device
WO2025179461A1 (en) * 2024-02-27 2025-09-04 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Communication method and apparatus, and storage medium

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116567615A (en) * 2022-01-28 2023-08-08 华为技术有限公司 A method and device for selecting access network equipment

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1649435A (en) * 2004-04-02 2005-08-03 华为技术有限公司 Method for realizing roaming user to visit network inner service
CN109587680A (en) * 2017-09-29 2019-04-05 华为技术有限公司 Guard method, equipment and the system of parameter
WO2019120729A1 (en) * 2017-12-22 2019-06-27 Deutsche Telekom Ag Techniques for routing registration request of roaming user equipment by bridge entity
US20190261185A1 (en) * 2018-02-16 2019-08-22 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Network slice selection assistance information configuration
CN110268734A (en) * 2017-02-07 2019-09-20 IPCom两合公司 Interoperability using untrusted networks

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1299537C (en) * 2004-06-28 2007-02-07 华为技术有限公司 Method for realizing management of connecting visit network using general weight discrimination frame
CN111182543B (en) * 2018-11-12 2021-10-19 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for switching networks

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1649435A (en) * 2004-04-02 2005-08-03 华为技术有限公司 Method for realizing roaming user to visit network inner service
CN110268734A (en) * 2017-02-07 2019-09-20 IPCom两合公司 Interoperability using untrusted networks
CN109587680A (en) * 2017-09-29 2019-04-05 华为技术有限公司 Guard method, equipment and the system of parameter
WO2019120729A1 (en) * 2017-12-22 2019-06-27 Deutsche Telekom Ag Techniques for routing registration request of roaming user equipment by bridge entity
US20190261185A1 (en) * 2018-02-16 2019-08-22 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Network slice selection assistance information configuration

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2025036049A1 (en) * 2023-08-11 2025-02-20 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Data transmission method and apparatus, and device
WO2025130424A1 (en) * 2023-12-21 2025-06-26 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and related device
WO2025179461A1 (en) * 2024-02-27 2025-09-04 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Communication method and apparatus, and storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN113873520B (en) 2024-07-30
CN113873520A (en) 2021-12-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11743970B2 (en) Session establishment method and apparatus, and packet sending method and apparatus
WO2022001964A1 (en) Communication method, terminal device, and radio access network device
EP3975623A1 (en) Information transmission method and device
CN114071639B (en) Method for accessing network, communication system and communication device
WO2023279776A1 (en) Multi-mode terminal access control method and apparatus, electronic device, and storage medium
CN113727342B (en) Network registration method and device
US12279111B2 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network element
EP4391648A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US20240179516A1 (en) Secure communication method and communication apparatus
CN115915091B (en) Communication method and device
CA3233649A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus
WO2023160199A1 (en) Method and apparatus for accessing communication network
US20240244497A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
KR20160002868A (en) Mechanism for gateway discovery layer-2 mobility
WO2023160394A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023222190A1 (en) Method and apparatus for controlling a user device
JP7513746B2 (en) Time synchronization packet processing method and device
WO2023116556A1 (en) Session switching method and apparatus
US20250184863A1 (en) Message routing method and apparatus
CN116390203A (en) Methods and means for selecting a network
JP2023500134A (en) COMMUNICATION METHOD, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
WO2023213191A1 (en) Security protection method and communication apparatus
CN114079922B (en) A terminal device authentication method, terminal device and access network device
WO2025092208A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN120456174A (en) Communication method and communication device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21832769

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21832769

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1